linux/fs/nfsd/nfs4state.c

4929 lines
128 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

/*
* Copyright (c) 2001 The Regents of the University of Michigan.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Kendrick Smith <kmsmith@umich.edu>
* Andy Adamson <kandros@umich.edu>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its
* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
* CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
* SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
* BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
*/
#include <linux/file.h>
#include <linux/fs.h>
include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
2010-03-24 08:04:11 +00:00
#include <linux/slab.h>
#include <linux/namei.h>
#include <linux/swap.h>
#include <linux/pagemap.h>
#include <linux/ratelimit.h>
#include <linux/sunrpc/svcauth_gss.h>
#include <linux/sunrpc/clnt.h>
#include "xdr4.h"
#include "vfs.h"
#include "current_stateid.h"
#include "fault_inject.h"
#include "netns.h"
#define NFSDDBG_FACILITY NFSDDBG_PROC
/* Globals */
time_t nfsd4_lease = 90; /* default lease time */
time_t nfsd4_grace = 90;
#define all_ones {{~0,~0},~0}
static const stateid_t one_stateid = {
.si_generation = ~0,
.si_opaque = all_ones,
};
static const stateid_t zero_stateid = {
/* all fields zero */
};
static const stateid_t currentstateid = {
.si_generation = 1,
};
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
static u64 current_sessionid = 1;
#define ZERO_STATEID(stateid) (!memcmp((stateid), &zero_stateid, sizeof(stateid_t)))
#define ONE_STATEID(stateid) (!memcmp((stateid), &one_stateid, sizeof(stateid_t)))
#define CURRENT_STATEID(stateid) (!memcmp((stateid), &currentstateid, sizeof(stateid_t)))
/* forward declarations */
static int check_for_locks(struct nfs4_file *filp, struct nfs4_lockowner *lowner);
/* Locking: */
/* Currently used for almost all code touching nfsv4 state: */
static DEFINE_MUTEX(client_mutex);
/*
* Currently used for the del_recall_lru and file hash table. In an
* effort to decrease the scope of the client_mutex, this spinlock may
* eventually cover more:
*/
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(recall_lock);
static struct kmem_cache *openowner_slab = NULL;
static struct kmem_cache *lockowner_slab = NULL;
static struct kmem_cache *file_slab = NULL;
static struct kmem_cache *stateid_slab = NULL;
static struct kmem_cache *deleg_slab = NULL;
void
nfs4_lock_state(void)
{
mutex_lock(&client_mutex);
}
static void free_session(struct kref *);
/* Must be called under the client_lock */
static void nfsd4_put_session_locked(struct nfsd4_session *ses)
{
kref_put(&ses->se_ref, free_session);
}
static void nfsd4_get_session(struct nfsd4_session *ses)
{
kref_get(&ses->se_ref);
}
void
nfs4_unlock_state(void)
{
mutex_unlock(&client_mutex);
}
static inline u32
opaque_hashval(const void *ptr, int nbytes)
{
unsigned char *cptr = (unsigned char *) ptr;
u32 x = 0;
while (nbytes--) {
x *= 37;
x += *cptr++;
}
return x;
}
static struct list_head del_recall_lru;
static void nfsd4_free_file(struct nfs4_file *f)
{
kmem_cache_free(file_slab, f);
}
static inline void
put_nfs4_file(struct nfs4_file *fi)
{
if (atomic_dec_and_lock(&fi->fi_ref, &recall_lock)) {
list_del(&fi->fi_hash);
spin_unlock(&recall_lock);
iput(fi->fi_inode);
nfsd4_free_file(fi);
}
}
static inline void
get_nfs4_file(struct nfs4_file *fi)
{
atomic_inc(&fi->fi_ref);
}
static int num_delegations;
unsigned int max_delegations;
/*
* Open owner state (share locks)
*/
/* hash tables for lock and open owners */
#define OWNER_HASH_BITS 8
#define OWNER_HASH_SIZE (1 << OWNER_HASH_BITS)
#define OWNER_HASH_MASK (OWNER_HASH_SIZE - 1)
static unsigned int ownerstr_hashval(u32 clientid, struct xdr_netobj *ownername)
{
unsigned int ret;
ret = opaque_hashval(ownername->data, ownername->len);
ret += clientid;
return ret & OWNER_HASH_MASK;
}
static struct list_head ownerstr_hashtbl[OWNER_HASH_SIZE];
/* hash table for nfs4_file */
#define FILE_HASH_BITS 8
#define FILE_HASH_SIZE (1 << FILE_HASH_BITS)
static unsigned int file_hashval(struct inode *ino)
{
/* XXX: why are we hashing on inode pointer, anyway? */
return hash_ptr(ino, FILE_HASH_BITS);
}
static struct list_head file_hashtbl[FILE_HASH_SIZE];
static void __nfs4_file_get_access(struct nfs4_file *fp, int oflag)
{
BUG_ON(!(fp->fi_fds[oflag] || fp->fi_fds[O_RDWR]));
atomic_inc(&fp->fi_access[oflag]);
}
static void nfs4_file_get_access(struct nfs4_file *fp, int oflag)
{
if (oflag == O_RDWR) {
__nfs4_file_get_access(fp, O_RDONLY);
__nfs4_file_get_access(fp, O_WRONLY);
} else
__nfs4_file_get_access(fp, oflag);
}
static void nfs4_file_put_fd(struct nfs4_file *fp, int oflag)
{
if (fp->fi_fds[oflag]) {
fput(fp->fi_fds[oflag]);
fp->fi_fds[oflag] = NULL;
}
}
static void __nfs4_file_put_access(struct nfs4_file *fp, int oflag)
{
if (atomic_dec_and_test(&fp->fi_access[oflag])) {
nfs4_file_put_fd(fp, oflag);
/*
* It's also safe to get rid of the RDWR open *if*
* we no longer have need of the other kind of access
* or if we already have the other kind of open:
*/
if (fp->fi_fds[1-oflag]
|| atomic_read(&fp->fi_access[1 - oflag]) == 0)
nfs4_file_put_fd(fp, O_RDWR);
}
}
static void nfs4_file_put_access(struct nfs4_file *fp, int oflag)
{
if (oflag == O_RDWR) {
__nfs4_file_put_access(fp, O_RDONLY);
__nfs4_file_put_access(fp, O_WRONLY);
} else
__nfs4_file_put_access(fp, oflag);
}
static inline int get_new_stid(struct nfs4_stid *stid)
{
static int min_stateid = 0;
struct idr *stateids = &stid->sc_client->cl_stateids;
int new_stid;
int error;
error = idr_get_new_above(stateids, stid, min_stateid, &new_stid);
/*
* Note: the necessary preallocation was done in
* nfs4_alloc_stateid(). The idr code caps the number of
* preallocations that can exist at a time, but the state lock
* prevents anyone from using ours before we get here:
*/
BUG_ON(error);
/*
* It shouldn't be a problem to reuse an opaque stateid value.
* I don't think it is for 4.1. But with 4.0 I worry that, for
* example, a stray write retransmission could be accepted by
* the server when it should have been rejected. Therefore,
* adopt a trick from the sctp code to attempt to maximize the
* amount of time until an id is reused, by ensuring they always
* "increase" (mod INT_MAX):
*/
min_stateid = new_stid+1;
if (min_stateid == INT_MAX)
min_stateid = 0;
return new_stid;
}
static void init_stid(struct nfs4_stid *stid, struct nfs4_client *cl, unsigned char type)
{
stateid_t *s = &stid->sc_stateid;
int new_id;
stid->sc_type = type;
stid->sc_client = cl;
s->si_opaque.so_clid = cl->cl_clientid;
new_id = get_new_stid(stid);
s->si_opaque.so_id = (u32)new_id;
/* Will be incremented before return to client: */
s->si_generation = 0;
}
static struct nfs4_stid *nfs4_alloc_stid(struct nfs4_client *cl, struct kmem_cache *slab)
{
struct idr *stateids = &cl->cl_stateids;
if (!idr_pre_get(stateids, GFP_KERNEL))
return NULL;
/*
* Note: if we fail here (or any time between now and the time
* we actually get the new idr), we won't need to undo the idr
* preallocation, since the idr code caps the number of
* preallocated entries.
*/
return kmem_cache_alloc(slab, GFP_KERNEL);
}
static struct nfs4_ol_stateid * nfs4_alloc_stateid(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
return openlockstateid(nfs4_alloc_stid(clp, stateid_slab));
}
static struct nfs4_delegation *
alloc_init_deleg(struct nfs4_client *clp, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp, struct svc_fh *current_fh, u32 type)
{
struct nfs4_delegation *dp;
struct nfs4_file *fp = stp->st_file;
dprintk("NFSD alloc_init_deleg\n");
/*
* Major work on the lease subsystem (for example, to support
* calbacks on stat) will be required before we can support
* write delegations properly.
*/
if (type != NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_READ)
return NULL;
if (fp->fi_had_conflict)
return NULL;
if (num_delegations > max_delegations)
return NULL;
dp = delegstateid(nfs4_alloc_stid(clp, deleg_slab));
if (dp == NULL)
return dp;
init_stid(&dp->dl_stid, clp, NFS4_DELEG_STID);
/*
* delegation seqid's are never incremented. The 4.1 special
* meaning of seqid 0 isn't meaningful, really, but let's avoid
* 0 anyway just for consistency and use 1:
*/
dp->dl_stid.sc_stateid.si_generation = 1;
num_delegations++;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dp->dl_perfile);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dp->dl_perclnt);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dp->dl_recall_lru);
get_nfs4_file(fp);
dp->dl_file = fp;
dp->dl_type = type;
fh_copy_shallow(&dp->dl_fh, &current_fh->fh_handle);
dp->dl_time = 0;
atomic_set(&dp->dl_count, 1);
INIT_WORK(&dp->dl_recall.cb_work, nfsd4_do_callback_rpc);
return dp;
}
void
nfs4_put_delegation(struct nfs4_delegation *dp)
{
if (atomic_dec_and_test(&dp->dl_count)) {
dprintk("NFSD: freeing dp %p\n",dp);
put_nfs4_file(dp->dl_file);
kmem_cache_free(deleg_slab, dp);
num_delegations--;
}
}
static void nfs4_put_deleg_lease(struct nfs4_file *fp)
{
if (atomic_dec_and_test(&fp->fi_delegees)) {
vfs_setlease(fp->fi_deleg_file, F_UNLCK, &fp->fi_lease);
fp->fi_lease = NULL;
fput(fp->fi_deleg_file);
fp->fi_deleg_file = NULL;
}
}
static void unhash_stid(struct nfs4_stid *s)
{
struct idr *stateids = &s->sc_client->cl_stateids;
idr_remove(stateids, s->sc_stateid.si_opaque.so_id);
}
/* Called under the state lock. */
static void
unhash_delegation(struct nfs4_delegation *dp)
{
unhash_stid(&dp->dl_stid);
list_del_init(&dp->dl_perclnt);
spin_lock(&recall_lock);
list_del_init(&dp->dl_perfile);
list_del_init(&dp->dl_recall_lru);
spin_unlock(&recall_lock);
nfs4_put_deleg_lease(dp->dl_file);
nfs4_put_delegation(dp);
}
/*
* SETCLIENTID state
*/
/* client_lock protects the client lru list and session hash table */
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(client_lock);
/* Hash tables for nfs4_clientid state */
#define CLIENT_HASH_BITS 4
#define CLIENT_HASH_SIZE (1 << CLIENT_HASH_BITS)
#define CLIENT_HASH_MASK (CLIENT_HASH_SIZE - 1)
static unsigned int clientid_hashval(u32 id)
{
return id & CLIENT_HASH_MASK;
}
static unsigned int clientstr_hashval(const char *name)
{
return opaque_hashval(name, 8) & CLIENT_HASH_MASK;
}
/*
* reclaim_str_hashtbl[] holds known client info from previous reset/reboot
* used in reboot/reset lease grace period processing
*
* conf_id_hashtbl[], and conf_str_hashtbl[] hold confirmed
* setclientid_confirmed info.
*
* unconf_str_hastbl[] and unconf_id_hashtbl[] hold unconfirmed
* setclientid info.
*
* client_lru holds client queue ordered by nfs4_client.cl_time
* for lease renewal.
*
* close_lru holds (open) stateowner queue ordered by nfs4_stateowner.so_time
* for last close replay.
*/
static struct list_head reclaim_str_hashtbl[CLIENT_HASH_SIZE];
static int reclaim_str_hashtbl_size = 0;
static struct list_head conf_id_hashtbl[CLIENT_HASH_SIZE];
static struct list_head conf_str_hashtbl[CLIENT_HASH_SIZE];
static struct list_head unconf_str_hashtbl[CLIENT_HASH_SIZE];
static struct list_head unconf_id_hashtbl[CLIENT_HASH_SIZE];
static struct list_head client_lru;
static struct list_head close_lru;
/*
* We store the NONE, READ, WRITE, and BOTH bits separately in the
* st_{access,deny}_bmap field of the stateid, in order to track not
* only what share bits are currently in force, but also what
* combinations of share bits previous opens have used. This allows us
* to enforce the recommendation of rfc 3530 14.2.19 that the server
* return an error if the client attempt to downgrade to a combination
* of share bits not explicable by closing some of its previous opens.
*
* XXX: This enforcement is actually incomplete, since we don't keep
* track of access/deny bit combinations; so, e.g., we allow:
*
* OPEN allow read, deny write
* OPEN allow both, deny none
* DOWNGRADE allow read, deny none
*
* which we should reject.
*/
static unsigned int
bmap_to_share_mode(unsigned long bmap) {
int i;
unsigned int access = 0;
for (i = 1; i < 4; i++) {
if (test_bit(i, &bmap))
access |= i;
}
return access;
}
static bool
test_share(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp, struct nfsd4_open *open) {
unsigned int access, deny;
access = bmap_to_share_mode(stp->st_access_bmap);
deny = bmap_to_share_mode(stp->st_deny_bmap);
if ((access & open->op_share_deny) || (deny & open->op_share_access))
return false;
return true;
}
/* set share access for a given stateid */
static inline void
set_access(u32 access, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
__set_bit(access, &stp->st_access_bmap);
}
/* clear share access for a given stateid */
static inline void
clear_access(u32 access, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
__clear_bit(access, &stp->st_access_bmap);
}
/* test whether a given stateid has access */
static inline bool
test_access(u32 access, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
return test_bit(access, &stp->st_access_bmap);
}
/* set share deny for a given stateid */
static inline void
set_deny(u32 access, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
__set_bit(access, &stp->st_deny_bmap);
}
/* clear share deny for a given stateid */
static inline void
clear_deny(u32 access, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
__clear_bit(access, &stp->st_deny_bmap);
}
/* test whether a given stateid is denying specific access */
static inline bool
test_deny(u32 access, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
return test_bit(access, &stp->st_deny_bmap);
}
static int nfs4_access_to_omode(u32 access)
{
switch (access & NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_BOTH) {
case NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_READ:
return O_RDONLY;
case NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_WRITE:
return O_WRONLY;
case NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_BOTH:
return O_RDWR;
}
BUG();
}
/* release all access and file references for a given stateid */
static void
release_all_access(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
int i;
for (i = 1; i < 4; i++) {
if (test_access(i, stp))
nfs4_file_put_access(stp->st_file,
nfs4_access_to_omode(i));
clear_access(i, stp);
}
}
static void unhash_generic_stateid(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
list_del(&stp->st_perfile);
list_del(&stp->st_perstateowner);
}
static void close_generic_stateid(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
release_all_access(stp);
put_nfs4_file(stp->st_file);
stp->st_file = NULL;
}
static void free_generic_stateid(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
kmem_cache_free(stateid_slab, stp);
}
static void release_lock_stateid(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
struct file *file;
unhash_generic_stateid(stp);
unhash_stid(&stp->st_stid);
file = find_any_file(stp->st_file);
if (file)
locks_remove_posix(file, (fl_owner_t)lockowner(stp->st_stateowner));
close_generic_stateid(stp);
free_generic_stateid(stp);
}
static void unhash_lockowner(struct nfs4_lockowner *lo)
{
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp;
list_del(&lo->lo_owner.so_strhash);
list_del(&lo->lo_perstateid);
list_del(&lo->lo_owner_ino_hash);
while (!list_empty(&lo->lo_owner.so_stateids)) {
stp = list_first_entry(&lo->lo_owner.so_stateids,
struct nfs4_ol_stateid, st_perstateowner);
release_lock_stateid(stp);
}
}
static void release_lockowner(struct nfs4_lockowner *lo)
{
unhash_lockowner(lo);
nfs4_free_lockowner(lo);
}
static void
release_stateid_lockowners(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *open_stp)
{
struct nfs4_lockowner *lo;
while (!list_empty(&open_stp->st_lockowners)) {
lo = list_entry(open_stp->st_lockowners.next,
struct nfs4_lockowner, lo_perstateid);
release_lockowner(lo);
}
}
static void unhash_open_stateid(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
unhash_generic_stateid(stp);
release_stateid_lockowners(stp);
close_generic_stateid(stp);
}
static void release_open_stateid(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
unhash_open_stateid(stp);
unhash_stid(&stp->st_stid);
free_generic_stateid(stp);
}
static void unhash_openowner(struct nfs4_openowner *oo)
{
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp;
list_del(&oo->oo_owner.so_strhash);
list_del(&oo->oo_perclient);
while (!list_empty(&oo->oo_owner.so_stateids)) {
stp = list_first_entry(&oo->oo_owner.so_stateids,
struct nfs4_ol_stateid, st_perstateowner);
release_open_stateid(stp);
}
}
static void release_last_closed_stateid(struct nfs4_openowner *oo)
{
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *s = oo->oo_last_closed_stid;
if (s) {
unhash_stid(&s->st_stid);
free_generic_stateid(s);
oo->oo_last_closed_stid = NULL;
}
}
static void release_openowner(struct nfs4_openowner *oo)
{
unhash_openowner(oo);
list_del(&oo->oo_close_lru);
release_last_closed_stateid(oo);
nfs4_free_openowner(oo);
}
#define SESSION_HASH_SIZE 512
static struct list_head sessionid_hashtbl[SESSION_HASH_SIZE];
static inline int
hash_sessionid(struct nfs4_sessionid *sessionid)
{
struct nfsd4_sessionid *sid = (struct nfsd4_sessionid *)sessionid;
return sid->sequence % SESSION_HASH_SIZE;
}
#ifdef NFSD_DEBUG
static inline void
dump_sessionid(const char *fn, struct nfs4_sessionid *sessionid)
{
u32 *ptr = (u32 *)(&sessionid->data[0]);
dprintk("%s: %u:%u:%u:%u\n", fn, ptr[0], ptr[1], ptr[2], ptr[3]);
}
#else
static inline void
dump_sessionid(const char *fn, struct nfs4_sessionid *sessionid)
{
}
#endif
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
static void
gen_sessionid(struct nfsd4_session *ses)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp = ses->se_client;
struct nfsd4_sessionid *sid;
sid = (struct nfsd4_sessionid *)ses->se_sessionid.data;
sid->clientid = clp->cl_clientid;
sid->sequence = current_sessionid++;
sid->reserved = 0;
}
/*
* The protocol defines ca_maxresponssize_cached to include the size of
* the rpc header, but all we need to cache is the data starting after
* the end of the initial SEQUENCE operation--the rest we regenerate
* each time. Therefore we can advertise a ca_maxresponssize_cached
* value that is the number of bytes in our cache plus a few additional
* bytes. In order to stay on the safe side, and not promise more than
* we can cache, those additional bytes must be the minimum possible: 24
* bytes of rpc header (xid through accept state, with AUTH_NULL
* verifier), 12 for the compound header (with zero-length tag), and 44
* for the SEQUENCE op response:
*/
#define NFSD_MIN_HDR_SEQ_SZ (24 + 12 + 44)
static void
free_session_slots(struct nfsd4_session *ses)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < ses->se_fchannel.maxreqs; i++)
kfree(ses->se_slots[i]);
}
/*
* We don't actually need to cache the rpc and session headers, so we
* can allocate a little less for each slot:
*/
static inline int slot_bytes(struct nfsd4_channel_attrs *ca)
{
return ca->maxresp_cached - NFSD_MIN_HDR_SEQ_SZ;
}
static int nfsd4_sanitize_slot_size(u32 size)
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
{
size -= NFSD_MIN_HDR_SEQ_SZ; /* We don't cache the rpc header */
size = min_t(u32, size, NFSD_SLOT_CACHE_SIZE);
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
return size;
}
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
/*
* XXX: If we run out of reserved DRC memory we could (up to a point)
* re-negotiate active sessions and reduce their slot usage to make
* room for new connections. For now we just fail the create session.
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
*/
static int nfsd4_get_drc_mem(int slotsize, u32 num)
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
{
int avail;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
num = min_t(u32, num, NFSD_MAX_SLOTS_PER_SESSION);
spin_lock(&nfsd_drc_lock);
avail = min_t(int, NFSD_MAX_MEM_PER_SESSION,
nfsd_drc_max_mem - nfsd_drc_mem_used);
num = min_t(int, num, avail / slotsize);
nfsd_drc_mem_used += num * slotsize;
spin_unlock(&nfsd_drc_lock);
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
return num;
}
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
static void nfsd4_put_drc_mem(int slotsize, int num)
{
spin_lock(&nfsd_drc_lock);
nfsd_drc_mem_used -= slotsize * num;
spin_unlock(&nfsd_drc_lock);
}
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
static struct nfsd4_session *__alloc_session(int slotsize, int numslots)
{
struct nfsd4_session *new;
int mem, i;
BUILD_BUG_ON(NFSD_MAX_SLOTS_PER_SESSION * sizeof(struct nfsd4_slot *)
+ sizeof(struct nfsd4_session) > PAGE_SIZE);
mem = numslots * sizeof(struct nfsd4_slot *);
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
new = kzalloc(sizeof(*new) + mem, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!new)
return NULL;
/* allocate each struct nfsd4_slot and data cache in one piece */
for (i = 0; i < numslots; i++) {
mem = sizeof(struct nfsd4_slot) + slotsize;
new->se_slots[i] = kzalloc(mem, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!new->se_slots[i])
goto out_free;
}
return new;
out_free:
while (i--)
kfree(new->se_slots[i]);
kfree(new);
return NULL;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
}
static void init_forechannel_attrs(struct nfsd4_channel_attrs *new, struct nfsd4_channel_attrs *req, int numslots, int slotsize)
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
{
u32 maxrpc = nfsd_serv->sv_max_mesg;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
new->maxreqs = numslots;
new->maxresp_cached = min_t(u32, req->maxresp_cached,
slotsize + NFSD_MIN_HDR_SEQ_SZ);
new->maxreq_sz = min_t(u32, req->maxreq_sz, maxrpc);
new->maxresp_sz = min_t(u32, req->maxresp_sz, maxrpc);
new->maxops = min_t(u32, req->maxops, NFSD_MAX_OPS_PER_COMPOUND);
}
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
static void free_conn(struct nfsd4_conn *c)
{
svc_xprt_put(c->cn_xprt);
kfree(c);
}
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
static void nfsd4_conn_lost(struct svc_xpt_user *u)
{
struct nfsd4_conn *c = container_of(u, struct nfsd4_conn, cn_xpt_user);
struct nfs4_client *clp = c->cn_session->se_client;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
spin_lock(&clp->cl_lock);
if (!list_empty(&c->cn_persession)) {
list_del(&c->cn_persession);
free_conn(c);
}
spin_unlock(&clp->cl_lock);
nfsd4_probe_callback(clp);
}
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
static struct nfsd4_conn *alloc_conn(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, u32 flags)
{
struct nfsd4_conn *conn;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
conn = kmalloc(sizeof(struct nfsd4_conn), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!conn)
return NULL;
svc_xprt_get(rqstp->rq_xprt);
conn->cn_xprt = rqstp->rq_xprt;
conn->cn_flags = flags;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&conn->cn_xpt_user.list);
return conn;
}
static void __nfsd4_hash_conn(struct nfsd4_conn *conn, struct nfsd4_session *ses)
{
conn->cn_session = ses;
list_add(&conn->cn_persession, &ses->se_conns);
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
}
static void nfsd4_hash_conn(struct nfsd4_conn *conn, struct nfsd4_session *ses)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp = ses->se_client;
spin_lock(&clp->cl_lock);
__nfsd4_hash_conn(conn, ses);
spin_unlock(&clp->cl_lock);
}
static int nfsd4_register_conn(struct nfsd4_conn *conn)
{
conn->cn_xpt_user.callback = nfsd4_conn_lost;
return register_xpt_user(conn->cn_xprt, &conn->cn_xpt_user);
}
static void nfsd4_init_conn(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_conn *conn, struct nfsd4_session *ses)
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
{
int ret;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
nfsd4_hash_conn(conn, ses);
ret = nfsd4_register_conn(conn);
if (ret)
/* oops; xprt is already down: */
nfsd4_conn_lost(&conn->cn_xpt_user);
if (conn->cn_flags & NFS4_CDFC4_BACK) {
/* callback channel may be back up */
nfsd4_probe_callback(ses->se_client);
}
}
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
static struct nfsd4_conn *alloc_conn_from_crses(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_create_session *cses)
{
u32 dir = NFS4_CDFC4_FORE;
if (cses->flags & SESSION4_BACK_CHAN)
dir |= NFS4_CDFC4_BACK;
return alloc_conn(rqstp, dir);
}
/* must be called under client_lock */
static void nfsd4_del_conns(struct nfsd4_session *s)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp = s->se_client;
struct nfsd4_conn *c;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
spin_lock(&clp->cl_lock);
while (!list_empty(&s->se_conns)) {
c = list_first_entry(&s->se_conns, struct nfsd4_conn, cn_persession);
list_del_init(&c->cn_persession);
spin_unlock(&clp->cl_lock);
unregister_xpt_user(c->cn_xprt, &c->cn_xpt_user);
free_conn(c);
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
spin_lock(&clp->cl_lock);
}
spin_unlock(&clp->cl_lock);
}
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
static void __free_session(struct nfsd4_session *ses)
{
nfsd4_put_drc_mem(slot_bytes(&ses->se_fchannel), ses->se_fchannel.maxreqs);
free_session_slots(ses);
kfree(ses);
}
static void free_session(struct kref *kref)
{
struct nfsd4_session *ses;
lockdep_assert_held(&client_lock);
ses = container_of(kref, struct nfsd4_session, se_ref);
nfsd4_del_conns(ses);
__free_session(ses);
}
void nfsd4_put_session(struct nfsd4_session *ses)
{
spin_lock(&client_lock);
nfsd4_put_session_locked(ses);
spin_unlock(&client_lock);
}
static struct nfsd4_session *alloc_session(struct nfsd4_channel_attrs *fchan)
{
struct nfsd4_session *new;
int numslots, slotsize;
/*
* Note decreasing slot size below client's request may
* make it difficult for client to function correctly, whereas
* decreasing the number of slots will (just?) affect
* performance. When short on memory we therefore prefer to
* decrease number of slots instead of their size.
*/
slotsize = nfsd4_sanitize_slot_size(fchan->maxresp_cached);
numslots = nfsd4_get_drc_mem(slotsize, fchan->maxreqs);
if (numslots < 1)
return NULL;
new = __alloc_session(slotsize, numslots);
if (!new) {
nfsd4_put_drc_mem(slotsize, fchan->maxreqs);
return NULL;
}
init_forechannel_attrs(&new->se_fchannel, fchan, numslots, slotsize);
return new;
}
static struct nfsd4_session *init_session(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_session *new, struct nfs4_client *clp, struct nfsd4_create_session *cses)
{
int idx;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
new->se_client = clp;
gen_sessionid(new);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&new->se_conns);
new->se_cb_seq_nr = 1;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
new->se_flags = cses->flags;
new->se_cb_prog = cses->callback_prog;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
kref_init(&new->se_ref);
idx = hash_sessionid(&new->se_sessionid);
spin_lock(&client_lock);
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
list_add(&new->se_hash, &sessionid_hashtbl[idx]);
spin_lock(&clp->cl_lock);
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
list_add(&new->se_perclnt, &clp->cl_sessions);
spin_unlock(&clp->cl_lock);
spin_unlock(&client_lock);
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
if (cses->flags & SESSION4_BACK_CHAN) {
struct sockaddr *sa = svc_addr(rqstp);
/*
* This is a little silly; with sessions there's no real
* use for the callback address. Use the peer address
* as a reasonable default for now, but consider fixing
* the rpc client not to require an address in the
* future:
*/
rpc_copy_addr((struct sockaddr *)&clp->cl_cb_conn.cb_addr, sa);
clp->cl_cb_conn.cb_addrlen = svc_addr_len(sa);
}
return new;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
}
/* caller must hold client_lock */
static struct nfsd4_session *
find_in_sessionid_hashtbl(struct nfs4_sessionid *sessionid)
{
struct nfsd4_session *elem;
int idx;
dump_sessionid(__func__, sessionid);
idx = hash_sessionid(sessionid);
/* Search in the appropriate list */
list_for_each_entry(elem, &sessionid_hashtbl[idx], se_hash) {
if (!memcmp(elem->se_sessionid.data, sessionid->data,
NFS4_MAX_SESSIONID_LEN)) {
return elem;
}
}
dprintk("%s: session not found\n", __func__);
return NULL;
}
/* caller must hold client_lock */
static void
unhash_session(struct nfsd4_session *ses)
{
list_del(&ses->se_hash);
spin_lock(&ses->se_client->cl_lock);
list_del(&ses->se_perclnt);
spin_unlock(&ses->se_client->cl_lock);
}
/* must be called under the client_lock */
static inline void
renew_client_locked(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
if (is_client_expired(clp)) {
WARN_ON(1);
printk("%s: client (clientid %08x/%08x) already expired\n",
__func__,
clp->cl_clientid.cl_boot,
clp->cl_clientid.cl_id);
return;
}
dprintk("renewing client (clientid %08x/%08x)\n",
clp->cl_clientid.cl_boot,
clp->cl_clientid.cl_id);
list_move_tail(&clp->cl_lru, &client_lru);
clp->cl_time = get_seconds();
}
static inline void
renew_client(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
spin_lock(&client_lock);
renew_client_locked(clp);
spin_unlock(&client_lock);
}
/* SETCLIENTID and SETCLIENTID_CONFIRM Helper functions */
static int
STALE_CLIENTID(clientid_t *clid, struct nfsd_net *nn)
{
if (clid->cl_boot == nn->boot_time)
return 0;
dprintk("NFSD stale clientid (%08x/%08x) boot_time %08lx\n",
clid->cl_boot, clid->cl_id, nn->boot_time);
return 1;
}
/*
* XXX Should we use a slab cache ?
* This type of memory management is somewhat inefficient, but we use it
* anyway since SETCLIENTID is not a common operation.
*/
static struct nfs4_client *alloc_client(struct xdr_netobj name)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp;
clp = kzalloc(sizeof(struct nfs4_client), GFP_KERNEL);
if (clp == NULL)
return NULL;
clp->cl_name.data = kmemdup(name.data, name.len, GFP_KERNEL);
if (clp->cl_name.data == NULL) {
kfree(clp);
return NULL;
}
clp->cl_name.len = name.len;
return clp;
}
static inline void
free_client(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
lockdep_assert_held(&client_lock);
while (!list_empty(&clp->cl_sessions)) {
struct nfsd4_session *ses;
ses = list_entry(clp->cl_sessions.next, struct nfsd4_session,
se_perclnt);
list_del(&ses->se_perclnt);
nfsd4_put_session_locked(ses);
}
free_svc_cred(&clp->cl_cred);
kfree(clp->cl_name.data);
kfree(clp);
}
void
release_session_client(struct nfsd4_session *session)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp = session->se_client;
if (!atomic_dec_and_lock(&clp->cl_refcount, &client_lock))
return;
if (is_client_expired(clp)) {
free_client(clp);
session->se_client = NULL;
} else
renew_client_locked(clp);
spin_unlock(&client_lock);
}
/* must be called under the client_lock */
static inline void
unhash_client_locked(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
struct nfsd4_session *ses;
mark_client_expired(clp);
list_del(&clp->cl_lru);
spin_lock(&clp->cl_lock);
list_for_each_entry(ses, &clp->cl_sessions, se_perclnt)
list_del_init(&ses->se_hash);
spin_unlock(&clp->cl_lock);
}
static void
destroy_client(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
struct nfs4_openowner *oo;
struct nfs4_delegation *dp;
struct list_head reaplist;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&reaplist);
spin_lock(&recall_lock);
while (!list_empty(&clp->cl_delegations)) {
dp = list_entry(clp->cl_delegations.next, struct nfs4_delegation, dl_perclnt);
list_del_init(&dp->dl_perclnt);
list_move(&dp->dl_recall_lru, &reaplist);
}
spin_unlock(&recall_lock);
while (!list_empty(&reaplist)) {
dp = list_entry(reaplist.next, struct nfs4_delegation, dl_recall_lru);
unhash_delegation(dp);
}
while (!list_empty(&clp->cl_openowners)) {
oo = list_entry(clp->cl_openowners.next, struct nfs4_openowner, oo_perclient);
release_openowner(oo);
}
nfsd4_shutdown_callback(clp);
if (clp->cl_cb_conn.cb_xprt)
svc_xprt_put(clp->cl_cb_conn.cb_xprt);
list_del(&clp->cl_idhash);
list_del(&clp->cl_strhash);
spin_lock(&client_lock);
unhash_client_locked(clp);
if (atomic_read(&clp->cl_refcount) == 0)
free_client(clp);
spin_unlock(&client_lock);
}
static void expire_client(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
nfsd4_client_record_remove(clp);
destroy_client(clp);
}
static void copy_verf(struct nfs4_client *target, nfs4_verifier *source)
{
memcpy(target->cl_verifier.data, source->data,
sizeof(target->cl_verifier.data));
}
static void copy_clid(struct nfs4_client *target, struct nfs4_client *source)
{
target->cl_clientid.cl_boot = source->cl_clientid.cl_boot;
target->cl_clientid.cl_id = source->cl_clientid.cl_id;
}
static int copy_cred(struct svc_cred *target, struct svc_cred *source)
{
if (source->cr_principal) {
target->cr_principal =
kstrdup(source->cr_principal, GFP_KERNEL);
if (target->cr_principal == NULL)
return -ENOMEM;
} else
target->cr_principal = NULL;
target->cr_flavor = source->cr_flavor;
target->cr_uid = source->cr_uid;
target->cr_gid = source->cr_gid;
target->cr_group_info = source->cr_group_info;
get_group_info(target->cr_group_info);
return 0;
}
static int same_name(const char *n1, const char *n2)
{
return 0 == memcmp(n1, n2, HEXDIR_LEN);
}
static int
same_verf(nfs4_verifier *v1, nfs4_verifier *v2)
{
return 0 == memcmp(v1->data, v2->data, sizeof(v1->data));
}
static int
same_clid(clientid_t *cl1, clientid_t *cl2)
{
return (cl1->cl_boot == cl2->cl_boot) && (cl1->cl_id == cl2->cl_id);
}
static bool groups_equal(struct group_info *g1, struct group_info *g2)
{
int i;
if (g1->ngroups != g2->ngroups)
return false;
for (i=0; i<g1->ngroups; i++)
if (GROUP_AT(g1, i) != GROUP_AT(g2, i))
return false;
return true;
}
/*
* RFC 3530 language requires clid_inuse be returned when the
* "principal" associated with a requests differs from that previously
* used. We use uid, gid's, and gss principal string as our best
* approximation. We also don't want to allow non-gss use of a client
* established using gss: in theory cr_principal should catch that
* change, but in practice cr_principal can be null even in the gss case
* since gssd doesn't always pass down a principal string.
*/
static bool is_gss_cred(struct svc_cred *cr)
{
/* Is cr_flavor one of the gss "pseudoflavors"?: */
return (cr->cr_flavor > RPC_AUTH_MAXFLAVOR);
}
static bool
same_creds(struct svc_cred *cr1, struct svc_cred *cr2)
{
if ((is_gss_cred(cr1) != is_gss_cred(cr2))
|| (cr1->cr_uid != cr2->cr_uid)
|| (cr1->cr_gid != cr2->cr_gid)
|| !groups_equal(cr1->cr_group_info, cr2->cr_group_info))
return false;
if (cr1->cr_principal == cr2->cr_principal)
return true;
if (!cr1->cr_principal || !cr2->cr_principal)
return false;
return 0 == strcmp(cr1->cr_principal, cr2->cr_principal);
}
static void gen_clid(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
static u32 current_clientid = 1;
struct nfsd_net *nn = net_generic(&init_net, nfsd_net_id);
clp->cl_clientid.cl_boot = nn->boot_time;
clp->cl_clientid.cl_id = current_clientid++;
}
static void gen_confirm(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
__be32 verf[2];
static u32 i;
verf[0] = (__be32)get_seconds();
verf[1] = (__be32)i++;
memcpy(clp->cl_confirm.data, verf, sizeof(clp->cl_confirm.data));
}
static struct nfs4_stid *find_stateid(struct nfs4_client *cl, stateid_t *t)
{
return idr_find(&cl->cl_stateids, t->si_opaque.so_id);
}
static struct nfs4_stid *find_stateid_by_type(struct nfs4_client *cl, stateid_t *t, char typemask)
{
struct nfs4_stid *s;
s = find_stateid(cl, t);
if (!s)
return NULL;
if (typemask & s->sc_type)
return s;
return NULL;
}
static struct nfs4_client *create_client(struct xdr_netobj name, char *recdir,
struct svc_rqst *rqstp, nfs4_verifier *verf)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp;
struct sockaddr *sa = svc_addr(rqstp);
int ret;
clp = alloc_client(name);
if (clp == NULL)
return NULL;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&clp->cl_sessions);
ret = copy_cred(&clp->cl_cred, &rqstp->rq_cred);
if (ret) {
spin_lock(&client_lock);
free_client(clp);
spin_unlock(&client_lock);
return NULL;
}
idr_init(&clp->cl_stateids);
memcpy(clp->cl_recdir, recdir, HEXDIR_LEN);
atomic_set(&clp->cl_refcount, 0);
clp->cl_cb_state = NFSD4_CB_UNKNOWN;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&clp->cl_idhash);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&clp->cl_strhash);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&clp->cl_openowners);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&clp->cl_delegations);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&clp->cl_lru);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&clp->cl_callbacks);
spin_lock_init(&clp->cl_lock);
INIT_WORK(&clp->cl_cb_null.cb_work, nfsd4_do_callback_rpc);
clp->cl_time = get_seconds();
clear_bit(0, &clp->cl_cb_slot_busy);
rpc_init_wait_queue(&clp->cl_cb_waitq, "Backchannel slot table");
copy_verf(clp, verf);
rpc_copy_addr((struct sockaddr *) &clp->cl_addr, sa);
gen_confirm(clp);
clp->cl_cb_session = NULL;
return clp;
}
static void
add_to_unconfirmed(struct nfs4_client *clp, unsigned int strhashval)
{
unsigned int idhashval;
list_add(&clp->cl_strhash, &unconf_str_hashtbl[strhashval]);
idhashval = clientid_hashval(clp->cl_clientid.cl_id);
list_add(&clp->cl_idhash, &unconf_id_hashtbl[idhashval]);
renew_client(clp);
}
static void
move_to_confirmed(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
unsigned int idhashval = clientid_hashval(clp->cl_clientid.cl_id);
unsigned int strhashval;
dprintk("NFSD: move_to_confirm nfs4_client %p\n", clp);
list_move(&clp->cl_idhash, &conf_id_hashtbl[idhashval]);
strhashval = clientstr_hashval(clp->cl_recdir);
list_move(&clp->cl_strhash, &conf_str_hashtbl[strhashval]);
renew_client(clp);
}
static struct nfs4_client *
find_confirmed_client(clientid_t *clid, bool sessions)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp;
unsigned int idhashval = clientid_hashval(clid->cl_id);
list_for_each_entry(clp, &conf_id_hashtbl[idhashval], cl_idhash) {
if (same_clid(&clp->cl_clientid, clid)) {
if ((bool)clp->cl_minorversion != sessions)
return NULL;
renew_client(clp);
return clp;
}
}
return NULL;
}
static struct nfs4_client *
find_unconfirmed_client(clientid_t *clid, bool sessions)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp;
unsigned int idhashval = clientid_hashval(clid->cl_id);
list_for_each_entry(clp, &unconf_id_hashtbl[idhashval], cl_idhash) {
if (same_clid(&clp->cl_clientid, clid)) {
if ((bool)clp->cl_minorversion != sessions)
return NULL;
return clp;
}
}
return NULL;
}
static bool clp_used_exchangeid(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
return clp->cl_exchange_flags != 0;
}
static struct nfs4_client *
find_confirmed_client_by_str(const char *dname, unsigned int hashval)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp;
list_for_each_entry(clp, &conf_str_hashtbl[hashval], cl_strhash) {
if (same_name(clp->cl_recdir, dname))
return clp;
}
return NULL;
}
static struct nfs4_client *
find_unconfirmed_client_by_str(const char *dname, unsigned int hashval)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp;
list_for_each_entry(clp, &unconf_str_hashtbl[hashval], cl_strhash) {
if (same_name(clp->cl_recdir, dname))
return clp;
}
return NULL;
}
static void
gen_callback(struct nfs4_client *clp, struct nfsd4_setclientid *se, struct svc_rqst *rqstp)
{
struct nfs4_cb_conn *conn = &clp->cl_cb_conn;
struct sockaddr *sa = svc_addr(rqstp);
u32 scopeid = rpc_get_scope_id(sa);
unsigned short expected_family;
/* Currently, we only support tcp and tcp6 for the callback channel */
if (se->se_callback_netid_len == 3 &&
!memcmp(se->se_callback_netid_val, "tcp", 3))
expected_family = AF_INET;
else if (se->se_callback_netid_len == 4 &&
!memcmp(se->se_callback_netid_val, "tcp6", 4))
expected_family = AF_INET6;
else
goto out_err;
conn->cb_addrlen = rpc_uaddr2sockaddr(&init_net, se->se_callback_addr_val,
se->se_callback_addr_len,
(struct sockaddr *)&conn->cb_addr,
sizeof(conn->cb_addr));
if (!conn->cb_addrlen || conn->cb_addr.ss_family != expected_family)
goto out_err;
if (conn->cb_addr.ss_family == AF_INET6)
((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&conn->cb_addr)->sin6_scope_id = scopeid;
conn->cb_prog = se->se_callback_prog;
conn->cb_ident = se->se_callback_ident;
memcpy(&conn->cb_saddr, &rqstp->rq_daddr, rqstp->rq_daddrlen);
return;
out_err:
conn->cb_addr.ss_family = AF_UNSPEC;
conn->cb_addrlen = 0;
dprintk(KERN_INFO "NFSD: this client (clientid %08x/%08x) "
"will not receive delegations\n",
clp->cl_clientid.cl_boot, clp->cl_clientid.cl_id);
return;
}
/*
* Cache a reply. nfsd4_check_drc_limit() has bounded the cache size.
*/
void
nfsd4_store_cache_entry(struct nfsd4_compoundres *resp)
{
struct nfsd4_slot *slot = resp->cstate.slot;
unsigned int base;
dprintk("--> %s slot %p\n", __func__, slot);
slot->sl_opcnt = resp->opcnt;
slot->sl_status = resp->cstate.status;
slot->sl_flags |= NFSD4_SLOT_INITIALIZED;
if (nfsd4_not_cached(resp)) {
slot->sl_datalen = 0;
return;
}
slot->sl_datalen = (char *)resp->p - (char *)resp->cstate.datap;
base = (char *)resp->cstate.datap -
(char *)resp->xbuf->head[0].iov_base;
if (read_bytes_from_xdr_buf(resp->xbuf, base, slot->sl_data,
slot->sl_datalen))
WARN("%s: sessions DRC could not cache compound\n", __func__);
return;
}
/*
* Encode the replay sequence operation from the slot values.
* If cachethis is FALSE encode the uncached rep error on the next
* operation which sets resp->p and increments resp->opcnt for
* nfs4svc_encode_compoundres.
*
*/
static __be32
nfsd4_enc_sequence_replay(struct nfsd4_compoundargs *args,
struct nfsd4_compoundres *resp)
{
struct nfsd4_op *op;
struct nfsd4_slot *slot = resp->cstate.slot;
/* Encode the replayed sequence operation */
op = &args->ops[resp->opcnt - 1];
nfsd4_encode_operation(resp, op);
/* Return nfserr_retry_uncached_rep in next operation. */
if (args->opcnt > 1 && !(slot->sl_flags & NFSD4_SLOT_CACHETHIS)) {
op = &args->ops[resp->opcnt++];
op->status = nfserr_retry_uncached_rep;
nfsd4_encode_operation(resp, op);
}
return op->status;
}
/*
* The sequence operation is not cached because we can use the slot and
* session values.
*/
__be32
nfsd4_replay_cache_entry(struct nfsd4_compoundres *resp,
struct nfsd4_sequence *seq)
{
struct nfsd4_slot *slot = resp->cstate.slot;
__be32 status;
dprintk("--> %s slot %p\n", __func__, slot);
/* Either returns 0 or nfserr_retry_uncached */
status = nfsd4_enc_sequence_replay(resp->rqstp->rq_argp, resp);
if (status == nfserr_retry_uncached_rep)
return status;
/* The sequence operation has been encoded, cstate->datap set. */
memcpy(resp->cstate.datap, slot->sl_data, slot->sl_datalen);
resp->opcnt = slot->sl_opcnt;
resp->p = resp->cstate.datap + XDR_QUADLEN(slot->sl_datalen);
status = slot->sl_status;
return status;
}
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
/*
* Set the exchange_id flags returned by the server.
*/
static void
nfsd4_set_ex_flags(struct nfs4_client *new, struct nfsd4_exchange_id *clid)
{
/* pNFS is not supported */
new->cl_exchange_flags |= EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS;
/* Referrals are supported, Migration is not. */
new->cl_exchange_flags |= EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER;
/* set the wire flags to return to client. */
clid->flags = new->cl_exchange_flags;
}
static bool client_has_state(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
/*
* Note clp->cl_openowners check isn't quite right: there's no
* need to count owners without stateid's.
*
* Also note we should probably be using this in 4.0 case too.
*/
return !list_empty(&clp->cl_openowners)
|| !list_empty(&clp->cl_delegations)
|| !list_empty(&clp->cl_sessions);
}
__be32
nfsd4_exchange_id(struct svc_rqst *rqstp,
struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_exchange_id *exid)
{
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
struct nfs4_client *unconf, *conf, *new;
__be32 status;
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
unsigned int strhashval;
char dname[HEXDIR_LEN];
char addr_str[INET6_ADDRSTRLEN];
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
nfs4_verifier verf = exid->verifier;
struct sockaddr *sa = svc_addr(rqstp);
bool update = exid->flags & EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A;
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
rpc_ntop(sa, addr_str, sizeof(addr_str));
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
dprintk("%s rqstp=%p exid=%p clname.len=%u clname.data=%p "
"ip_addr=%s flags %x, spa_how %d\n",
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
__func__, rqstp, exid, exid->clname.len, exid->clname.data,
addr_str, exid->flags, exid->spa_how);
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
if (exid->flags & ~EXCHGID4_FLAG_MASK_A)
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
return nfserr_inval;
/* Currently only support SP4_NONE */
switch (exid->spa_how) {
case SP4_NONE:
break;
case SP4_SSV:
return nfserr_serverfault;
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
default:
BUG(); /* checked by xdr code */
case SP4_MACH_CRED:
return nfserr_serverfault; /* no excuse :-/ */
}
status = nfs4_make_rec_clidname(dname, &exid->clname);
if (status)
return status;
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
strhashval = clientstr_hashval(dname);
/* Cases below refer to rfc 5661 section 18.35.4: */
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
nfs4_lock_state();
conf = find_confirmed_client_by_str(dname, strhashval);
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
if (conf) {
bool creds_match = same_creds(&conf->cl_cred, &rqstp->rq_cred);
bool verfs_match = same_verf(&verf, &conf->cl_verifier);
if (update) {
if (!clp_used_exchangeid(conf)) { /* buggy client */
status = nfserr_inval;
goto out;
}
if (!creds_match) { /* case 9 */
status = nfserr_perm;
goto out;
}
if (!verfs_match) { /* case 8 */
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
status = nfserr_not_same;
goto out;
}
/* case 6 */
exid->flags |= EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R;
new = conf;
goto out_copy;
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
}
if (!creds_match) { /* case 3 */
if (client_has_state(conf)) {
status = nfserr_clid_inuse;
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
goto out;
}
expire_client(conf);
goto out_new;
}
if (verfs_match) { /* case 2 */
conf->cl_exchange_flags |= EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R;
new = conf;
goto out_copy;
}
/* case 5, client reboot */
goto out_new;
}
if (update) { /* case 7 */
status = nfserr_noent;
goto out;
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
}
unconf = find_unconfirmed_client_by_str(dname, strhashval);
if (unconf) /* case 4, possible retry or client restart */
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
expire_client(unconf);
/* case 1 (normal case) */
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
out_new:
new = create_client(exid->clname, dname, rqstp, &verf);
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
if (new == NULL) {
status = nfserr_jukebox;
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
goto out;
}
new->cl_minorversion = 1;
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
gen_clid(new);
add_to_unconfirmed(new, strhashval);
out_copy:
exid->clientid.cl_boot = new->cl_clientid.cl_boot;
exid->clientid.cl_id = new->cl_clientid.cl_id;
exid->seqid = new->cl_cs_slot.sl_seqid + 1;
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
nfsd4_set_ex_flags(new, exid);
dprintk("nfsd4_exchange_id seqid %d flags %x\n",
nfsd41: Use separate DRC for setclientid Instead of trying to share the generic 4.1 reply cache code for the CREATE_SESSION reply cache, it's simpler to handle CREATE_SESSION separately. The nfs41 single slot clientid DRC holds the results of create session processing. CREATE_SESSION can be preceeded by a SEQUENCE operation (an embedded CREATE_SESSION) and the create session single slot cache must be maintained. nfsd4_replay_cache_entry() and nfsd4_store_cache_entry() do not implement the replay of an embedded CREATE_SESSION. The clientid DRC slot does not need the inuse, cachethis or other fields that the multiple slot session cache uses. Replace the clientid DRC cache struct nfs4_slot cache with a new nfsd4_clid_slot cache. Save the xdr struct nfsd4_create_session into the cache at the end of processing, and on a replay, replace the struct for the replay request with the cached version all while under the state lock. nfsd4_proc_compound will handle both the solo and embedded CREATE_SESSION case via the normal use of encode_operation. Errors that do not change the create session cache: A create session NFS4ERR_STALE_CLIENTID error means that a client record (and associated create session slot) could not be found and therefore can't be changed. NFSERR_SEQ_MISORDERED errors do not change the slot cache. All other errors get cached. Remove the clientid DRC specific check in nfs4svc_encode_compoundres to put the session only if cstate.session is set which will now always be true. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-07-23 23:02:16 +00:00
new->cl_cs_slot.sl_seqid, new->cl_exchange_flags);
nfsd41: exchange_id operation Implement the exchange_id operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-28 Based on the client provided name, hash a client id. If a confirmed one is found, compare the op's creds and verifier. If the creds match and the verifier is different then expire the old client (client re-incarnated), otherwise, if both match, assume it's a replay and ignore it. If an unconfirmed client is found, then copy the new creds and verifer if need update, otherwise assume replay. The client is moved to a confirmed state on create_session. In the nfs41 branch set the exchange_id flags to EXCHGID4_FLAG_USE_NON_PNFS | EXCHGID4_FLAG_SUPP_MOVED_REFER (pNFS is not supported, Referrals are supported, Migration is not.). Address various scenarios from section 18.35 of the spec: 1. Check for EXCHGID4_FLAG_UPD_CONFIRMED_REC_A and set EXCHGID4_FLAG_CONFIRMED_R as appropriate. 2. Return error codes per 18.35.4 scenarios. 3. Update client records or generate new client ids depending on scenario. Note: 18.35.4 case 3 probably still needs revisiting. The handling seems not quite right. Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamosn <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: use utsname for major_id (and copy to server_scope)] [nfsd41: fix handling of various exchange id scenarios] Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41: reverse use of EXCHGID4_INVAL_FLAG_MASK_A] [simplify nfsd4_encode_exchange_id error handling] [nfsd41: embed an xdr_netobj in nfsd4_exchange_id] [nfsd41: return nfserr_serverfault for spa_how == SP4_MACH_CRED] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:01 +00:00
status = nfs_ok;
out:
nfs4_unlock_state();
return status;
}
static __be32
check_slot_seqid(u32 seqid, u32 slot_seqid, int slot_inuse)
{
dprintk("%s enter. seqid %d slot_seqid %d\n", __func__, seqid,
slot_seqid);
/* The slot is in use, and no response has been sent. */
if (slot_inuse) {
if (seqid == slot_seqid)
return nfserr_jukebox;
else
return nfserr_seq_misordered;
}
/* Note unsigned 32-bit arithmetic handles wraparound: */
if (likely(seqid == slot_seqid + 1))
return nfs_ok;
if (seqid == slot_seqid)
return nfserr_replay_cache;
return nfserr_seq_misordered;
}
nfsd41: Use separate DRC for setclientid Instead of trying to share the generic 4.1 reply cache code for the CREATE_SESSION reply cache, it's simpler to handle CREATE_SESSION separately. The nfs41 single slot clientid DRC holds the results of create session processing. CREATE_SESSION can be preceeded by a SEQUENCE operation (an embedded CREATE_SESSION) and the create session single slot cache must be maintained. nfsd4_replay_cache_entry() and nfsd4_store_cache_entry() do not implement the replay of an embedded CREATE_SESSION. The clientid DRC slot does not need the inuse, cachethis or other fields that the multiple slot session cache uses. Replace the clientid DRC cache struct nfs4_slot cache with a new nfsd4_clid_slot cache. Save the xdr struct nfsd4_create_session into the cache at the end of processing, and on a replay, replace the struct for the replay request with the cached version all while under the state lock. nfsd4_proc_compound will handle both the solo and embedded CREATE_SESSION case via the normal use of encode_operation. Errors that do not change the create session cache: A create session NFS4ERR_STALE_CLIENTID error means that a client record (and associated create session slot) could not be found and therefore can't be changed. NFSERR_SEQ_MISORDERED errors do not change the slot cache. All other errors get cached. Remove the clientid DRC specific check in nfs4svc_encode_compoundres to put the session only if cstate.session is set which will now always be true. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-07-23 23:02:16 +00:00
/*
* Cache the create session result into the create session single DRC
* slot cache by saving the xdr structure. sl_seqid has been set.
* Do this for solo or embedded create session operations.
*/
static void
nfsd4_cache_create_session(struct nfsd4_create_session *cr_ses,
struct nfsd4_clid_slot *slot, __be32 nfserr)
nfsd41: Use separate DRC for setclientid Instead of trying to share the generic 4.1 reply cache code for the CREATE_SESSION reply cache, it's simpler to handle CREATE_SESSION separately. The nfs41 single slot clientid DRC holds the results of create session processing. CREATE_SESSION can be preceeded by a SEQUENCE operation (an embedded CREATE_SESSION) and the create session single slot cache must be maintained. nfsd4_replay_cache_entry() and nfsd4_store_cache_entry() do not implement the replay of an embedded CREATE_SESSION. The clientid DRC slot does not need the inuse, cachethis or other fields that the multiple slot session cache uses. Replace the clientid DRC cache struct nfs4_slot cache with a new nfsd4_clid_slot cache. Save the xdr struct nfsd4_create_session into the cache at the end of processing, and on a replay, replace the struct for the replay request with the cached version all while under the state lock. nfsd4_proc_compound will handle both the solo and embedded CREATE_SESSION case via the normal use of encode_operation. Errors that do not change the create session cache: A create session NFS4ERR_STALE_CLIENTID error means that a client record (and associated create session slot) could not be found and therefore can't be changed. NFSERR_SEQ_MISORDERED errors do not change the slot cache. All other errors get cached. Remove the clientid DRC specific check in nfs4svc_encode_compoundres to put the session only if cstate.session is set which will now always be true. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-07-23 23:02:16 +00:00
{
slot->sl_status = nfserr;
memcpy(&slot->sl_cr_ses, cr_ses, sizeof(*cr_ses));
}
static __be32
nfsd4_replay_create_session(struct nfsd4_create_session *cr_ses,
struct nfsd4_clid_slot *slot)
{
memcpy(cr_ses, &slot->sl_cr_ses, sizeof(*cr_ses));
return slot->sl_status;
}
#define NFSD_MIN_REQ_HDR_SEQ_SZ ((\
2 * 2 + /* credential,verifier: AUTH_NULL, length 0 */ \
1 + /* MIN tag is length with zero, only length */ \
3 + /* version, opcount, opcode */ \
XDR_QUADLEN(NFS4_MAX_SESSIONID_LEN) + \
/* seqid, slotID, slotID, cache */ \
4 ) * sizeof(__be32))
#define NFSD_MIN_RESP_HDR_SEQ_SZ ((\
2 + /* verifier: AUTH_NULL, length 0 */\
1 + /* status */ \
1 + /* MIN tag is length with zero, only length */ \
3 + /* opcount, opcode, opstatus*/ \
XDR_QUADLEN(NFS4_MAX_SESSIONID_LEN) + \
/* seqid, slotID, slotID, slotID, status */ \
5 ) * sizeof(__be32))
static bool check_forechannel_attrs(struct nfsd4_channel_attrs fchannel)
{
return fchannel.maxreq_sz < NFSD_MIN_REQ_HDR_SEQ_SZ
|| fchannel.maxresp_sz < NFSD_MIN_RESP_HDR_SEQ_SZ;
}
__be32
nfsd4_create_session(struct svc_rqst *rqstp,
struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_create_session *cr_ses)
{
struct sockaddr *sa = svc_addr(rqstp);
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
struct nfs4_client *conf, *unconf;
struct nfsd4_session *new;
struct nfsd4_conn *conn;
nfsd41: Use separate DRC for setclientid Instead of trying to share the generic 4.1 reply cache code for the CREATE_SESSION reply cache, it's simpler to handle CREATE_SESSION separately. The nfs41 single slot clientid DRC holds the results of create session processing. CREATE_SESSION can be preceeded by a SEQUENCE operation (an embedded CREATE_SESSION) and the create session single slot cache must be maintained. nfsd4_replay_cache_entry() and nfsd4_store_cache_entry() do not implement the replay of an embedded CREATE_SESSION. The clientid DRC slot does not need the inuse, cachethis or other fields that the multiple slot session cache uses. Replace the clientid DRC cache struct nfs4_slot cache with a new nfsd4_clid_slot cache. Save the xdr struct nfsd4_create_session into the cache at the end of processing, and on a replay, replace the struct for the replay request with the cached version all while under the state lock. nfsd4_proc_compound will handle both the solo and embedded CREATE_SESSION case via the normal use of encode_operation. Errors that do not change the create session cache: A create session NFS4ERR_STALE_CLIENTID error means that a client record (and associated create session slot) could not be found and therefore can't be changed. NFSERR_SEQ_MISORDERED errors do not change the slot cache. All other errors get cached. Remove the clientid DRC specific check in nfs4svc_encode_compoundres to put the session only if cstate.session is set which will now always be true. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-07-23 23:02:16 +00:00
struct nfsd4_clid_slot *cs_slot = NULL;
__be32 status = 0;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
if (cr_ses->flags & ~SESSION4_FLAG_MASK_A)
return nfserr_inval;
if (check_forechannel_attrs(cr_ses->fore_channel))
return nfserr_toosmall;
new = alloc_session(&cr_ses->fore_channel);
if (!new)
return nfserr_jukebox;
status = nfserr_jukebox;
conn = alloc_conn_from_crses(rqstp, cr_ses);
if (!conn)
goto out_free_session;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
nfs4_lock_state();
unconf = find_unconfirmed_client(&cr_ses->clientid, true);
conf = find_confirmed_client(&cr_ses->clientid, true);
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
if (conf) {
nfsd41: Use separate DRC for setclientid Instead of trying to share the generic 4.1 reply cache code for the CREATE_SESSION reply cache, it's simpler to handle CREATE_SESSION separately. The nfs41 single slot clientid DRC holds the results of create session processing. CREATE_SESSION can be preceeded by a SEQUENCE operation (an embedded CREATE_SESSION) and the create session single slot cache must be maintained. nfsd4_replay_cache_entry() and nfsd4_store_cache_entry() do not implement the replay of an embedded CREATE_SESSION. The clientid DRC slot does not need the inuse, cachethis or other fields that the multiple slot session cache uses. Replace the clientid DRC cache struct nfs4_slot cache with a new nfsd4_clid_slot cache. Save the xdr struct nfsd4_create_session into the cache at the end of processing, and on a replay, replace the struct for the replay request with the cached version all while under the state lock. nfsd4_proc_compound will handle both the solo and embedded CREATE_SESSION case via the normal use of encode_operation. Errors that do not change the create session cache: A create session NFS4ERR_STALE_CLIENTID error means that a client record (and associated create session slot) could not be found and therefore can't be changed. NFSERR_SEQ_MISORDERED errors do not change the slot cache. All other errors get cached. Remove the clientid DRC specific check in nfs4svc_encode_compoundres to put the session only if cstate.session is set which will now always be true. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-07-23 23:02:16 +00:00
cs_slot = &conf->cl_cs_slot;
status = check_slot_seqid(cr_ses->seqid, cs_slot->sl_seqid, 0);
if (status == nfserr_replay_cache) {
nfsd41: Use separate DRC for setclientid Instead of trying to share the generic 4.1 reply cache code for the CREATE_SESSION reply cache, it's simpler to handle CREATE_SESSION separately. The nfs41 single slot clientid DRC holds the results of create session processing. CREATE_SESSION can be preceeded by a SEQUENCE operation (an embedded CREATE_SESSION) and the create session single slot cache must be maintained. nfsd4_replay_cache_entry() and nfsd4_store_cache_entry() do not implement the replay of an embedded CREATE_SESSION. The clientid DRC slot does not need the inuse, cachethis or other fields that the multiple slot session cache uses. Replace the clientid DRC cache struct nfs4_slot cache with a new nfsd4_clid_slot cache. Save the xdr struct nfsd4_create_session into the cache at the end of processing, and on a replay, replace the struct for the replay request with the cached version all while under the state lock. nfsd4_proc_compound will handle both the solo and embedded CREATE_SESSION case via the normal use of encode_operation. Errors that do not change the create session cache: A create session NFS4ERR_STALE_CLIENTID error means that a client record (and associated create session slot) could not be found and therefore can't be changed. NFSERR_SEQ_MISORDERED errors do not change the slot cache. All other errors get cached. Remove the clientid DRC specific check in nfs4svc_encode_compoundres to put the session only if cstate.session is set which will now always be true. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-07-23 23:02:16 +00:00
status = nfsd4_replay_create_session(cr_ses, cs_slot);
goto out_free_conn;
nfsd41: Use separate DRC for setclientid Instead of trying to share the generic 4.1 reply cache code for the CREATE_SESSION reply cache, it's simpler to handle CREATE_SESSION separately. The nfs41 single slot clientid DRC holds the results of create session processing. CREATE_SESSION can be preceeded by a SEQUENCE operation (an embedded CREATE_SESSION) and the create session single slot cache must be maintained. nfsd4_replay_cache_entry() and nfsd4_store_cache_entry() do not implement the replay of an embedded CREATE_SESSION. The clientid DRC slot does not need the inuse, cachethis or other fields that the multiple slot session cache uses. Replace the clientid DRC cache struct nfs4_slot cache with a new nfsd4_clid_slot cache. Save the xdr struct nfsd4_create_session into the cache at the end of processing, and on a replay, replace the struct for the replay request with the cached version all while under the state lock. nfsd4_proc_compound will handle both the solo and embedded CREATE_SESSION case via the normal use of encode_operation. Errors that do not change the create session cache: A create session NFS4ERR_STALE_CLIENTID error means that a client record (and associated create session slot) could not be found and therefore can't be changed. NFSERR_SEQ_MISORDERED errors do not change the slot cache. All other errors get cached. Remove the clientid DRC specific check in nfs4svc_encode_compoundres to put the session only if cstate.session is set which will now always be true. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-07-23 23:02:16 +00:00
} else if (cr_ses->seqid != cs_slot->sl_seqid + 1) {
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
status = nfserr_seq_misordered;
goto out_free_conn;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
}
} else if (unconf) {
unsigned int hash;
struct nfs4_client *old;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
if (!same_creds(&unconf->cl_cred, &rqstp->rq_cred) ||
!rpc_cmp_addr(sa, (struct sockaddr *) &unconf->cl_addr)) {
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
status = nfserr_clid_inuse;
goto out_free_conn;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
}
nfsd41: Use separate DRC for setclientid Instead of trying to share the generic 4.1 reply cache code for the CREATE_SESSION reply cache, it's simpler to handle CREATE_SESSION separately. The nfs41 single slot clientid DRC holds the results of create session processing. CREATE_SESSION can be preceeded by a SEQUENCE operation (an embedded CREATE_SESSION) and the create session single slot cache must be maintained. nfsd4_replay_cache_entry() and nfsd4_store_cache_entry() do not implement the replay of an embedded CREATE_SESSION. The clientid DRC slot does not need the inuse, cachethis or other fields that the multiple slot session cache uses. Replace the clientid DRC cache struct nfs4_slot cache with a new nfsd4_clid_slot cache. Save the xdr struct nfsd4_create_session into the cache at the end of processing, and on a replay, replace the struct for the replay request with the cached version all while under the state lock. nfsd4_proc_compound will handle both the solo and embedded CREATE_SESSION case via the normal use of encode_operation. Errors that do not change the create session cache: A create session NFS4ERR_STALE_CLIENTID error means that a client record (and associated create session slot) could not be found and therefore can't be changed. NFSERR_SEQ_MISORDERED errors do not change the slot cache. All other errors get cached. Remove the clientid DRC specific check in nfs4svc_encode_compoundres to put the session only if cstate.session is set which will now always be true. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-07-23 23:02:16 +00:00
cs_slot = &unconf->cl_cs_slot;
status = check_slot_seqid(cr_ses->seqid, cs_slot->sl_seqid, 0);
if (status) {
/* an unconfirmed replay returns misordered */
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
status = nfserr_seq_misordered;
goto out_free_conn;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
}
hash = clientstr_hashval(unconf->cl_recdir);
old = find_confirmed_client_by_str(unconf->cl_recdir, hash);
if (old)
expire_client(old);
move_to_confirmed(unconf);
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
conf = unconf;
} else {
status = nfserr_stale_clientid;
goto out_free_conn;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
}
status = nfs_ok;
/*
* We do not support RDMA or persistent sessions
*/
cr_ses->flags &= ~SESSION4_PERSIST;
cr_ses->flags &= ~SESSION4_RDMA;
init_session(rqstp, new, conf, cr_ses);
nfsd4_init_conn(rqstp, conn, new);
memcpy(cr_ses->sessionid.data, new->se_sessionid.data,
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
NFS4_MAX_SESSIONID_LEN);
memcpy(&cr_ses->fore_channel, &new->se_fchannel,
sizeof(struct nfsd4_channel_attrs));
cs_slot->sl_seqid++;
nfsd41: Use separate DRC for setclientid Instead of trying to share the generic 4.1 reply cache code for the CREATE_SESSION reply cache, it's simpler to handle CREATE_SESSION separately. The nfs41 single slot clientid DRC holds the results of create session processing. CREATE_SESSION can be preceeded by a SEQUENCE operation (an embedded CREATE_SESSION) and the create session single slot cache must be maintained. nfsd4_replay_cache_entry() and nfsd4_store_cache_entry() do not implement the replay of an embedded CREATE_SESSION. The clientid DRC slot does not need the inuse, cachethis or other fields that the multiple slot session cache uses. Replace the clientid DRC cache struct nfs4_slot cache with a new nfsd4_clid_slot cache. Save the xdr struct nfsd4_create_session into the cache at the end of processing, and on a replay, replace the struct for the replay request with the cached version all while under the state lock. nfsd4_proc_compound will handle both the solo and embedded CREATE_SESSION case via the normal use of encode_operation. Errors that do not change the create session cache: A create session NFS4ERR_STALE_CLIENTID error means that a client record (and associated create session slot) could not be found and therefore can't be changed. NFSERR_SEQ_MISORDERED errors do not change the slot cache. All other errors get cached. Remove the clientid DRC specific check in nfs4svc_encode_compoundres to put the session only if cstate.session is set which will now always be true. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-07-23 23:02:16 +00:00
cr_ses->seqid = cs_slot->sl_seqid;
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
nfsd41: Use separate DRC for setclientid Instead of trying to share the generic 4.1 reply cache code for the CREATE_SESSION reply cache, it's simpler to handle CREATE_SESSION separately. The nfs41 single slot clientid DRC holds the results of create session processing. CREATE_SESSION can be preceeded by a SEQUENCE operation (an embedded CREATE_SESSION) and the create session single slot cache must be maintained. nfsd4_replay_cache_entry() and nfsd4_store_cache_entry() do not implement the replay of an embedded CREATE_SESSION. The clientid DRC slot does not need the inuse, cachethis or other fields that the multiple slot session cache uses. Replace the clientid DRC cache struct nfs4_slot cache with a new nfsd4_clid_slot cache. Save the xdr struct nfsd4_create_session into the cache at the end of processing, and on a replay, replace the struct for the replay request with the cached version all while under the state lock. nfsd4_proc_compound will handle both the solo and embedded CREATE_SESSION case via the normal use of encode_operation. Errors that do not change the create session cache: A create session NFS4ERR_STALE_CLIENTID error means that a client record (and associated create session slot) could not be found and therefore can't be changed. NFSERR_SEQ_MISORDERED errors do not change the slot cache. All other errors get cached. Remove the clientid DRC specific check in nfs4svc_encode_compoundres to put the session only if cstate.session is set which will now always be true. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-07-23 23:02:16 +00:00
/* cache solo and embedded create sessions under the state lock */
nfsd4_cache_create_session(cr_ses, cs_slot, status);
nfsd41: create_session operation Implement the create_session operation confoming to http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-26 Look up the client id (generated by the server on exchange_id, given by the client on create_session). If neither a confirmed or unconfirmed client is found then the client id is stale If a confirmed cilent is found (i.e. we already received create_session for it) then compare the sequence id to determine if it's a replay or possibly a mis-ordered rpc. If the seqid is in order, update the confirmed client seqid and procedd with updating the session parameters. If an unconfirmed client_id is found then verify the creds and seqid. If both match move the client id to confirmed state and proceed with processing the create_session. Currently, we do not support persistent sessions, and RDMA. alloc_init_session generates a new sessionid and creates a session structure. NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT is used for the max response cached calculation, and for the counting of DRC pages using the hard limits set in struct srv_serv. A note on NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT: Other patches in this series allow for NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT + 1 pages to be cached in a DRC slot when the response size is less than NFSD_PAGES_PER_SLOT * PAGE_SIZE but xdr_buf pages are used. e.g. a READDIR operation will encode a small amount of data in the xdr_buf head, and then the READDIR in the xdr_buf pages. So, the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is underestimated by the number of cached operations using the xdr_buf pages. Yet another patch caches no pages for the solo sequence operation, or any compound where cache_this is False. So the hard limit calculation use of pages by a session is overestimated by the number of these operations in the cache. TODO: improve resource pre-allocation and negotiate session parameters accordingly. Respect and possibly adjust backchannel attributes. Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Dean Hildebrand <dhildeb@us.ibm.com> [nfsd41: remove headerpadsz from channel attributes] Our client and server only support a headerpadsz of 0. [nfsd41: use DRC limits in fore channel init] [nfsd41: do not change CREATE_SESSION back channel attrs] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [use sessionid_lock spin lock] [nfsd41: use bool inuse for slot state] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfsd41 remove sl_session from alloc_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [simplify nfsd4_encode_create_session error handling] [nfsd41: fix comment style in init_forechannel_attrs] [nfsd41: allocate struct nfsd4_session and slot table in one piece] [nfsd41: no need to INIT_LIST_HEAD in alloc_init_session just prior to list_add] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
2009-04-03 05:28:28 +00:00
out:
nfs4_unlock_state();
dprintk("%s returns %d\n", __func__, ntohl(status));
return status;
out_free_conn:
free_conn(conn);
out_free_session:
__free_session(new);
goto out;
}
static bool nfsd4_last_compound_op(struct svc_rqst *rqstp)
{
struct nfsd4_compoundres *resp = rqstp->rq_resp;
struct nfsd4_compoundargs *argp = rqstp->rq_argp;
return argp->opcnt == resp->opcnt;
}
static __be32 nfsd4_map_bcts_dir(u32 *dir)
{
switch (*dir) {
case NFS4_CDFC4_FORE:
case NFS4_CDFC4_BACK:
return nfs_ok;
case NFS4_CDFC4_FORE_OR_BOTH:
case NFS4_CDFC4_BACK_OR_BOTH:
*dir = NFS4_CDFC4_BOTH;
return nfs_ok;
};
return nfserr_inval;
}
__be32 nfsd4_bind_conn_to_session(struct svc_rqst *rqstp,
struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_bind_conn_to_session *bcts)
{
__be32 status;
struct nfsd4_conn *conn;
if (!nfsd4_last_compound_op(rqstp))
return nfserr_not_only_op;
spin_lock(&client_lock);
cstate->session = find_in_sessionid_hashtbl(&bcts->sessionid);
/* Sorta weird: we only need the refcnt'ing because new_conn acquires
* client_lock iself: */
if (cstate->session) {
nfsd4_get_session(cstate->session);
atomic_inc(&cstate->session->se_client->cl_refcount);
}
spin_unlock(&client_lock);
if (!cstate->session)
return nfserr_badsession;
status = nfsd4_map_bcts_dir(&bcts->dir);
if (status)
return status;
conn = alloc_conn(rqstp, bcts->dir);
if (!conn)
return nfserr_jukebox;
nfsd4_init_conn(rqstp, conn, cstate->session);
return nfs_ok;
}
static bool nfsd4_compound_in_session(struct nfsd4_session *session, struct nfs4_sessionid *sid)
{
if (!session)
return 0;
return !memcmp(sid, &session->se_sessionid, sizeof(*sid));
}
__be32
nfsd4_destroy_session(struct svc_rqst *r,
struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_destroy_session *sessionid)
{
struct nfsd4_session *ses;
__be32 status = nfserr_badsession;
/* Notes:
* - The confirmed nfs4_client->cl_sessionid holds destroyed sessinid
* - Should we return nfserr_back_chan_busy if waiting for
* callbacks on to-be-destroyed session?
* - Do we need to clear any callback info from previous session?
*/
if (nfsd4_compound_in_session(cstate->session, &sessionid->sessionid)) {
if (!nfsd4_last_compound_op(r))
return nfserr_not_only_op;
}
dump_sessionid(__func__, &sessionid->sessionid);
spin_lock(&client_lock);
ses = find_in_sessionid_hashtbl(&sessionid->sessionid);
if (!ses) {
spin_unlock(&client_lock);
goto out;
}
unhash_session(ses);
spin_unlock(&client_lock);
nfs4_lock_state();
nfsd4_probe_callback_sync(ses->se_client);
nfs4_unlock_state();
spin_lock(&client_lock);
nfsd4_del_conns(ses);
nfsd4_put_session_locked(ses);
spin_unlock(&client_lock);
status = nfs_ok;
out:
dprintk("%s returns %d\n", __func__, ntohl(status));
return status;
}
static struct nfsd4_conn *__nfsd4_find_conn(struct svc_xprt *xpt, struct nfsd4_session *s)
{
struct nfsd4_conn *c;
list_for_each_entry(c, &s->se_conns, cn_persession) {
if (c->cn_xprt == xpt) {
return c;
}
}
return NULL;
}
static void nfsd4_sequence_check_conn(struct nfsd4_conn *new, struct nfsd4_session *ses)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp = ses->se_client;
struct nfsd4_conn *c;
int ret;
spin_lock(&clp->cl_lock);
c = __nfsd4_find_conn(new->cn_xprt, ses);
if (c) {
spin_unlock(&clp->cl_lock);
free_conn(new);
return;
}
__nfsd4_hash_conn(new, ses);
spin_unlock(&clp->cl_lock);
ret = nfsd4_register_conn(new);
if (ret)
/* oops; xprt is already down: */
nfsd4_conn_lost(&new->cn_xpt_user);
return;
}
static bool nfsd4_session_too_many_ops(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_session *session)
{
struct nfsd4_compoundargs *args = rqstp->rq_argp;
return args->opcnt > session->se_fchannel.maxops;
}
static bool nfsd4_request_too_big(struct svc_rqst *rqstp,
struct nfsd4_session *session)
{
struct xdr_buf *xb = &rqstp->rq_arg;
return xb->len > session->se_fchannel.maxreq_sz;
}
__be32
nfsd4_sequence(struct svc_rqst *rqstp,
struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_sequence *seq)
{
struct nfsd4_compoundres *resp = rqstp->rq_resp;
struct nfsd4_session *session;
struct nfsd4_slot *slot;
struct nfsd4_conn *conn;
__be32 status;
if (resp->opcnt != 1)
return nfserr_sequence_pos;
/*
* Will be either used or freed by nfsd4_sequence_check_conn
* below.
*/
conn = alloc_conn(rqstp, NFS4_CDFC4_FORE);
if (!conn)
return nfserr_jukebox;
spin_lock(&client_lock);
status = nfserr_badsession;
session = find_in_sessionid_hashtbl(&seq->sessionid);
if (!session)
goto out;
status = nfserr_too_many_ops;
if (nfsd4_session_too_many_ops(rqstp, session))
goto out;
status = nfserr_req_too_big;
if (nfsd4_request_too_big(rqstp, session))
goto out;
status = nfserr_badslot;
if (seq->slotid >= session->se_fchannel.maxreqs)
goto out;
slot = session->se_slots[seq->slotid];
dprintk("%s: slotid %d\n", __func__, seq->slotid);
/* We do not negotiate the number of slots yet, so set the
* maxslots to the session maxreqs which is used to encode
* sr_highest_slotid and the sr_target_slot id to maxslots */
seq->maxslots = session->se_fchannel.maxreqs;
status = check_slot_seqid(seq->seqid, slot->sl_seqid,
slot->sl_flags & NFSD4_SLOT_INUSE);
if (status == nfserr_replay_cache) {
status = nfserr_seq_misordered;
if (!(slot->sl_flags & NFSD4_SLOT_INITIALIZED))
goto out;
cstate->slot = slot;
cstate->session = session;
/* Return the cached reply status and set cstate->status
* for nfsd4_proc_compound processing */
status = nfsd4_replay_cache_entry(resp, seq);
cstate->status = nfserr_replay_cache;
goto out;
}
if (status)
goto out;
nfsd4_sequence_check_conn(conn, session);
conn = NULL;
/* Success! bump slot seqid */
slot->sl_seqid = seq->seqid;
slot->sl_flags |= NFSD4_SLOT_INUSE;
if (seq->cachethis)
slot->sl_flags |= NFSD4_SLOT_CACHETHIS;
else
slot->sl_flags &= ~NFSD4_SLOT_CACHETHIS;
cstate->slot = slot;
cstate->session = session;
out:
/* Hold a session reference until done processing the compound. */
if (cstate->session) {
struct nfs4_client *clp = session->se_client;
nfsd4_get_session(cstate->session);
atomic_inc(&clp->cl_refcount);
switch (clp->cl_cb_state) {
case NFSD4_CB_DOWN:
seq->status_flags = SEQ4_STATUS_CB_PATH_DOWN;
break;
case NFSD4_CB_FAULT:
seq->status_flags = SEQ4_STATUS_BACKCHANNEL_FAULT;
break;
default:
seq->status_flags = 0;
}
}
kfree(conn);
spin_unlock(&client_lock);
dprintk("%s: return %d\n", __func__, ntohl(status));
return status;
}
__be32
nfsd4_destroy_clientid(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_destroy_clientid *dc)
{
struct nfs4_client *conf, *unconf, *clp;
__be32 status = 0;
nfs4_lock_state();
unconf = find_unconfirmed_client(&dc->clientid, true);
conf = find_confirmed_client(&dc->clientid, true);
if (conf) {
clp = conf;
if (!is_client_expired(conf) && client_has_state(conf)) {
status = nfserr_clientid_busy;
goto out;
}
/* rfc5661 18.50.3 */
if (cstate->session && conf == cstate->session->se_client) {
status = nfserr_clientid_busy;
goto out;
}
} else if (unconf)
clp = unconf;
else {
status = nfserr_stale_clientid;
goto out;
}
expire_client(clp);
out:
nfs4_unlock_state();
dprintk("%s return %d\n", __func__, ntohl(status));
return status;
}
__be32
nfsd4_reclaim_complete(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_reclaim_complete *rc)
{
__be32 status = 0;
if (rc->rca_one_fs) {
if (!cstate->current_fh.fh_dentry)
return nfserr_nofilehandle;
/*
* We don't take advantage of the rca_one_fs case.
* That's OK, it's optional, we can safely ignore it.
*/
return nfs_ok;
}
nfs4_lock_state();
status = nfserr_complete_already;
if (test_and_set_bit(NFSD4_CLIENT_RECLAIM_COMPLETE,
&cstate->session->se_client->cl_flags))
goto out;
status = nfserr_stale_clientid;
if (is_client_expired(cstate->session->se_client))
/*
* The following error isn't really legal.
* But we only get here if the client just explicitly
* destroyed the client. Surely it no longer cares what
* error it gets back on an operation for the dead
* client.
*/
goto out;
status = nfs_ok;
nfsd4_client_record_create(cstate->session->se_client);
out:
nfs4_unlock_state();
return status;
}
__be32
nfsd4_setclientid(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_setclientid *setclid)
{
struct xdr_netobj clname = setclid->se_name;
nfs4_verifier clverifier = setclid->se_verf;
unsigned int strhashval;
struct nfs4_client *conf, *unconf, *new;
__be32 status;
char dname[HEXDIR_LEN];
status = nfs4_make_rec_clidname(dname, &clname);
if (status)
return status;
strhashval = clientstr_hashval(dname);
/* Cases below refer to rfc 3530 section 14.2.33: */
nfs4_lock_state();
conf = find_confirmed_client_by_str(dname, strhashval);
if (conf) {
/* case 0: */
status = nfserr_clid_inuse;
if (clp_used_exchangeid(conf))
goto out;
if (!same_creds(&conf->cl_cred, &rqstp->rq_cred)) {
char addr_str[INET6_ADDRSTRLEN];
rpc_ntop((struct sockaddr *) &conf->cl_addr, addr_str,
sizeof(addr_str));
dprintk("NFSD: setclientid: string in use by client "
"at %s\n", addr_str);
goto out;
}
}
unconf = find_unconfirmed_client_by_str(dname, strhashval);
if (unconf)
expire_client(unconf);
status = nfserr_jukebox;
new = create_client(clname, dname, rqstp, &clverifier);
if (new == NULL)
goto out;
if (conf && same_verf(&conf->cl_verifier, &clverifier))
/* case 1: probable callback update */
copy_clid(new, conf);
else /* case 4 (new client) or cases 2, 3 (client reboot): */
gen_clid(new);
new->cl_minorversion = 0;
gen_callback(new, setclid, rqstp);
add_to_unconfirmed(new, strhashval);
setclid->se_clientid.cl_boot = new->cl_clientid.cl_boot;
setclid->se_clientid.cl_id = new->cl_clientid.cl_id;
memcpy(setclid->se_confirm.data, new->cl_confirm.data, sizeof(setclid->se_confirm.data));
status = nfs_ok;
out:
nfs4_unlock_state();
return status;
}
__be32
nfsd4_setclientid_confirm(struct svc_rqst *rqstp,
struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_setclientid_confirm *setclientid_confirm)
{
struct nfs4_client *conf, *unconf;
nfs4_verifier confirm = setclientid_confirm->sc_confirm;
clientid_t * clid = &setclientid_confirm->sc_clientid;
__be32 status;
struct nfsd_net *nn = net_generic(&init_net, nfsd_net_id);
if (STALE_CLIENTID(clid, nn))
return nfserr_stale_clientid;
nfs4_lock_state();
conf = find_confirmed_client(clid, false);
unconf = find_unconfirmed_client(clid, false);
/*
* We try hard to give out unique clientid's, so if we get an
* attempt to confirm the same clientid with a different cred,
* there's a bug somewhere. Let's charitably assume it's our
* bug.
*/
status = nfserr_serverfault;
if (unconf && !same_creds(&unconf->cl_cred, &rqstp->rq_cred))
goto out;
if (conf && !same_creds(&conf->cl_cred, &rqstp->rq_cred))
goto out;
/* cases below refer to rfc 3530 section 14.2.34: */
if (!unconf || !same_verf(&confirm, &unconf->cl_confirm)) {
if (conf && !unconf) /* case 2: probable retransmit */
status = nfs_ok;
else /* case 4: client hasn't noticed we rebooted yet? */
status = nfserr_stale_clientid;
goto out;
}
status = nfs_ok;
if (conf) { /* case 1: callback update */
nfsd4_change_callback(conf, &unconf->cl_cb_conn);
nfsd4_probe_callback(conf);
expire_client(unconf);
} else { /* case 3: normal case; new or rebooted client */
unsigned int hash = clientstr_hashval(unconf->cl_recdir);
conf = find_confirmed_client_by_str(unconf->cl_recdir, hash);
if (conf)
expire_client(conf);
move_to_confirmed(unconf);
nfsd4_probe_callback(unconf);
}
out:
nfs4_unlock_state();
return status;
}
static struct nfs4_file *nfsd4_alloc_file(void)
{
return kmem_cache_alloc(file_slab, GFP_KERNEL);
}
/* OPEN Share state helper functions */
static void nfsd4_init_file(struct nfs4_file *fp, struct inode *ino)
{
unsigned int hashval = file_hashval(ino);
atomic_set(&fp->fi_ref, 1);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&fp->fi_hash);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&fp->fi_stateids);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&fp->fi_delegations);
fp->fi_inode = igrab(ino);
fp->fi_had_conflict = false;
fp->fi_lease = NULL;
memset(fp->fi_fds, 0, sizeof(fp->fi_fds));
memset(fp->fi_access, 0, sizeof(fp->fi_access));
spin_lock(&recall_lock);
list_add(&fp->fi_hash, &file_hashtbl[hashval]);
spin_unlock(&recall_lock);
}
static void
nfsd4_free_slab(struct kmem_cache **slab)
{
if (*slab == NULL)
return;
kmem_cache_destroy(*slab);
*slab = NULL;
}
void
nfsd4_free_slabs(void)
{
nfsd4_free_slab(&openowner_slab);
nfsd4_free_slab(&lockowner_slab);
nfsd4_free_slab(&file_slab);
nfsd4_free_slab(&stateid_slab);
nfsd4_free_slab(&deleg_slab);
}
int
nfsd4_init_slabs(void)
{
openowner_slab = kmem_cache_create("nfsd4_openowners",
sizeof(struct nfs4_openowner), 0, 0, NULL);
if (openowner_slab == NULL)
goto out_nomem;
lockowner_slab = kmem_cache_create("nfsd4_lockowners",
sizeof(struct nfs4_openowner), 0, 0, NULL);
if (lockowner_slab == NULL)
goto out_nomem;
file_slab = kmem_cache_create("nfsd4_files",
sizeof(struct nfs4_file), 0, 0, NULL);
if (file_slab == NULL)
goto out_nomem;
stateid_slab = kmem_cache_create("nfsd4_stateids",
sizeof(struct nfs4_ol_stateid), 0, 0, NULL);
if (stateid_slab == NULL)
goto out_nomem;
deleg_slab = kmem_cache_create("nfsd4_delegations",
sizeof(struct nfs4_delegation), 0, 0, NULL);
if (deleg_slab == NULL)
goto out_nomem;
return 0;
out_nomem:
nfsd4_free_slabs();
dprintk("nfsd4: out of memory while initializing nfsv4\n");
return -ENOMEM;
}
void nfs4_free_openowner(struct nfs4_openowner *oo)
{
kfree(oo->oo_owner.so_owner.data);
kmem_cache_free(openowner_slab, oo);
}
void nfs4_free_lockowner(struct nfs4_lockowner *lo)
{
kfree(lo->lo_owner.so_owner.data);
kmem_cache_free(lockowner_slab, lo);
}
static void init_nfs4_replay(struct nfs4_replay *rp)
{
rp->rp_status = nfserr_serverfault;
rp->rp_buflen = 0;
rp->rp_buf = rp->rp_ibuf;
}
static inline void *alloc_stateowner(struct kmem_cache *slab, struct xdr_netobj *owner, struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
struct nfs4_stateowner *sop;
sop = kmem_cache_alloc(slab, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!sop)
return NULL;
sop->so_owner.data = kmemdup(owner->data, owner->len, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!sop->so_owner.data) {
kmem_cache_free(slab, sop);
return NULL;
}
sop->so_owner.len = owner->len;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&sop->so_stateids);
sop->so_client = clp;
init_nfs4_replay(&sop->so_replay);
return sop;
}
static void hash_openowner(struct nfs4_openowner *oo, struct nfs4_client *clp, unsigned int strhashval)
{
list_add(&oo->oo_owner.so_strhash, &ownerstr_hashtbl[strhashval]);
list_add(&oo->oo_perclient, &clp->cl_openowners);
}
static struct nfs4_openowner *
alloc_init_open_stateowner(unsigned int strhashval, struct nfs4_client *clp, struct nfsd4_open *open) {
struct nfs4_openowner *oo;
oo = alloc_stateowner(openowner_slab, &open->op_owner, clp);
if (!oo)
return NULL;
oo->oo_owner.so_is_open_owner = 1;
oo->oo_owner.so_seqid = open->op_seqid;
oo->oo_flags = NFS4_OO_NEW;
oo->oo_time = 0;
oo->oo_last_closed_stid = NULL;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&oo->oo_close_lru);
hash_openowner(oo, clp, strhashval);
return oo;
}
static void init_open_stateid(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp, struct nfs4_file *fp, struct nfsd4_open *open) {
struct nfs4_openowner *oo = open->op_openowner;
struct nfs4_client *clp = oo->oo_owner.so_client;
init_stid(&stp->st_stid, clp, NFS4_OPEN_STID);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&stp->st_lockowners);
list_add(&stp->st_perstateowner, &oo->oo_owner.so_stateids);
list_add(&stp->st_perfile, &fp->fi_stateids);
stp->st_stateowner = &oo->oo_owner;
get_nfs4_file(fp);
stp->st_file = fp;
stp->st_access_bmap = 0;
stp->st_deny_bmap = 0;
set_access(open->op_share_access, stp);
set_deny(open->op_share_deny, stp);
stp->st_openstp = NULL;
}
static void
move_to_close_lru(struct nfs4_openowner *oo)
{
dprintk("NFSD: move_to_close_lru nfs4_openowner %p\n", oo);
list_move_tail(&oo->oo_close_lru, &close_lru);
oo->oo_time = get_seconds();
}
static int
same_owner_str(struct nfs4_stateowner *sop, struct xdr_netobj *owner,
clientid_t *clid)
{
return (sop->so_owner.len == owner->len) &&
0 == memcmp(sop->so_owner.data, owner->data, owner->len) &&
(sop->so_client->cl_clientid.cl_id == clid->cl_id);
}
static struct nfs4_openowner *
find_openstateowner_str(unsigned int hashval, struct nfsd4_open *open, bool sessions)
{
struct nfs4_stateowner *so;
struct nfs4_openowner *oo;
struct nfs4_client *clp;
list_for_each_entry(so, &ownerstr_hashtbl[hashval], so_strhash) {
if (!so->so_is_open_owner)
continue;
if (same_owner_str(so, &open->op_owner, &open->op_clientid)) {
oo = openowner(so);
clp = oo->oo_owner.so_client;
if ((bool)clp->cl_minorversion != sessions)
return NULL;
renew_client(oo->oo_owner.so_client);
return oo;
}
}
return NULL;
}
/* search file_hashtbl[] for file */
static struct nfs4_file *
find_file(struct inode *ino)
{
unsigned int hashval = file_hashval(ino);
struct nfs4_file *fp;
spin_lock(&recall_lock);
list_for_each_entry(fp, &file_hashtbl[hashval], fi_hash) {
if (fp->fi_inode == ino) {
get_nfs4_file(fp);
spin_unlock(&recall_lock);
return fp;
}
}
spin_unlock(&recall_lock);
return NULL;
}
/*
* Called to check deny when READ with all zero stateid or
* WRITE with all zero or all one stateid
*/
static __be32
nfs4_share_conflict(struct svc_fh *current_fh, unsigned int deny_type)
{
struct inode *ino = current_fh->fh_dentry->d_inode;
struct nfs4_file *fp;
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp;
__be32 ret;
dprintk("NFSD: nfs4_share_conflict\n");
fp = find_file(ino);
if (!fp)
return nfs_ok;
ret = nfserr_locked;
/* Search for conflicting share reservations */
list_for_each_entry(stp, &fp->fi_stateids, st_perfile) {
if (test_deny(deny_type, stp) ||
test_deny(NFS4_SHARE_DENY_BOTH, stp))
goto out;
}
ret = nfs_ok;
out:
put_nfs4_file(fp);
return ret;
}
static void nfsd_break_one_deleg(struct nfs4_delegation *dp)
{
/* We're assuming the state code never drops its reference
* without first removing the lease. Since we're in this lease
* callback (and since the lease code is serialized by the kernel
* lock) we know the server hasn't removed the lease yet, we know
* it's safe to take a reference: */
atomic_inc(&dp->dl_count);
list_add_tail(&dp->dl_recall_lru, &del_recall_lru);
/* only place dl_time is set. protected by lock_flocks*/
dp->dl_time = get_seconds();
nfsd4_cb_recall(dp);
}
/* Called from break_lease() with lock_flocks() held. */
static void nfsd_break_deleg_cb(struct file_lock *fl)
{
struct nfs4_file *fp = (struct nfs4_file *)fl->fl_owner;
struct nfs4_delegation *dp;
BUG_ON(!fp);
/* We assume break_lease is only called once per lease: */
BUG_ON(fp->fi_had_conflict);
/*
* We don't want the locks code to timeout the lease for us;
* we'll remove it ourself if a delegation isn't returned
* in time:
*/
fl->fl_break_time = 0;
spin_lock(&recall_lock);
fp->fi_had_conflict = true;
list_for_each_entry(dp, &fp->fi_delegations, dl_perfile)
nfsd_break_one_deleg(dp);
spin_unlock(&recall_lock);
}
static
int nfsd_change_deleg_cb(struct file_lock **onlist, int arg)
{
if (arg & F_UNLCK)
return lease_modify(onlist, arg);
else
return -EAGAIN;
}
static const struct lock_manager_operations nfsd_lease_mng_ops = {
.lm_break = nfsd_break_deleg_cb,
.lm_change = nfsd_change_deleg_cb,
};
static __be32 nfsd4_check_seqid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfs4_stateowner *so, u32 seqid)
{
if (nfsd4_has_session(cstate))
return nfs_ok;
if (seqid == so->so_seqid - 1)
return nfserr_replay_me;
if (seqid == so->so_seqid)
return nfs_ok;
return nfserr_bad_seqid;
}
__be32
nfsd4_process_open1(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_open *open)
{
clientid_t *clientid = &open->op_clientid;
struct nfs4_client *clp = NULL;
unsigned int strhashval;
struct nfs4_openowner *oo = NULL;
__be32 status;
struct nfsd_net *nn = net_generic(&init_net, nfsd_net_id);
if (STALE_CLIENTID(&open->op_clientid, nn))
return nfserr_stale_clientid;
/*
* In case we need it later, after we've already created the
* file and don't want to risk a further failure:
*/
open->op_file = nfsd4_alloc_file();
if (open->op_file == NULL)
return nfserr_jukebox;
strhashval = ownerstr_hashval(clientid->cl_id, &open->op_owner);
oo = find_openstateowner_str(strhashval, open, cstate->minorversion);
open->op_openowner = oo;
if (!oo) {
clp = find_confirmed_client(clientid, cstate->minorversion);
if (clp == NULL)
return nfserr_expired;
goto new_owner;
}
if (!(oo->oo_flags & NFS4_OO_CONFIRMED)) {
/* Replace unconfirmed owners without checking for replay. */
clp = oo->oo_owner.so_client;
release_openowner(oo);
open->op_openowner = NULL;
goto new_owner;
}
status = nfsd4_check_seqid(cstate, &oo->oo_owner, open->op_seqid);
if (status)
return status;
clp = oo->oo_owner.so_client;
goto alloc_stateid;
new_owner:
oo = alloc_init_open_stateowner(strhashval, clp, open);
if (oo == NULL)
return nfserr_jukebox;
open->op_openowner = oo;
alloc_stateid:
open->op_stp = nfs4_alloc_stateid(clp);
if (!open->op_stp)
return nfserr_jukebox;
return nfs_ok;
}
static inline __be32
nfs4_check_delegmode(struct nfs4_delegation *dp, int flags)
{
if ((flags & WR_STATE) && (dp->dl_type == NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_READ))
return nfserr_openmode;
else
return nfs_ok;
}
static int share_access_to_flags(u32 share_access)
{
return share_access == NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_READ ? RD_STATE : WR_STATE;
}
static struct nfs4_delegation *find_deleg_stateid(struct nfs4_client *cl, stateid_t *s)
{
struct nfs4_stid *ret;
ret = find_stateid_by_type(cl, s, NFS4_DELEG_STID);
if (!ret)
return NULL;
return delegstateid(ret);
}
static bool nfsd4_is_deleg_cur(struct nfsd4_open *open)
{
return open->op_claim_type == NFS4_OPEN_CLAIM_DELEGATE_CUR ||
open->op_claim_type == NFS4_OPEN_CLAIM_DELEG_CUR_FH;
}
static __be32
nfs4_check_deleg(struct nfs4_client *cl, struct nfs4_file *fp, struct nfsd4_open *open,
struct nfs4_delegation **dp)
{
int flags;
__be32 status = nfserr_bad_stateid;
*dp = find_deleg_stateid(cl, &open->op_delegate_stateid);
if (*dp == NULL)
goto out;
flags = share_access_to_flags(open->op_share_access);
status = nfs4_check_delegmode(*dp, flags);
if (status)
*dp = NULL;
out:
if (!nfsd4_is_deleg_cur(open))
return nfs_ok;
if (status)
return status;
open->op_openowner->oo_flags |= NFS4_OO_CONFIRMED;
return nfs_ok;
}
static __be32
nfs4_check_open(struct nfs4_file *fp, struct nfsd4_open *open, struct nfs4_ol_stateid **stpp)
{
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *local;
struct nfs4_openowner *oo = open->op_openowner;
list_for_each_entry(local, &fp->fi_stateids, st_perfile) {
/* ignore lock owners */
if (local->st_stateowner->so_is_open_owner == 0)
continue;
/* remember if we have seen this open owner */
if (local->st_stateowner == &oo->oo_owner)
*stpp = local;
/* check for conflicting share reservations */
if (!test_share(local, open))
return nfserr_share_denied;
}
return nfs_ok;
}
static inline int nfs4_access_to_access(u32 nfs4_access)
{
int flags = 0;
if (nfs4_access & NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_READ)
flags |= NFSD_MAY_READ;
if (nfs4_access & NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_WRITE)
flags |= NFSD_MAY_WRITE;
return flags;
}
static __be32 nfs4_get_vfs_file(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfs4_file *fp,
struct svc_fh *cur_fh, struct nfsd4_open *open)
{
__be32 status;
int oflag = nfs4_access_to_omode(open->op_share_access);
int access = nfs4_access_to_access(open->op_share_access);
if (!fp->fi_fds[oflag]) {
status = nfsd_open(rqstp, cur_fh, S_IFREG, access,
&fp->fi_fds[oflag]);
if (status)
return status;
}
nfs4_file_get_access(fp, oflag);
return nfs_ok;
}
static inline __be32
nfsd4_truncate(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct svc_fh *fh,
struct nfsd4_open *open)
{
struct iattr iattr = {
.ia_valid = ATTR_SIZE,
.ia_size = 0,
};
if (!open->op_truncate)
return 0;
if (!(open->op_share_access & NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_WRITE))
return nfserr_inval;
return nfsd_setattr(rqstp, fh, &iattr, 0, (time_t)0);
}
static __be32
nfs4_upgrade_open(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfs4_file *fp, struct svc_fh *cur_fh, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp, struct nfsd4_open *open)
{
u32 op_share_access = open->op_share_access;
bool new_access;
__be32 status;
new_access = !test_access(op_share_access, stp);
if (new_access) {
status = nfs4_get_vfs_file(rqstp, fp, cur_fh, open);
if (status)
return status;
}
status = nfsd4_truncate(rqstp, cur_fh, open);
if (status) {
if (new_access) {
int oflag = nfs4_access_to_omode(op_share_access);
nfs4_file_put_access(fp, oflag);
}
return status;
}
/* remember the open */
set_access(op_share_access, stp);
set_deny(open->op_share_deny, stp);
return nfs_ok;
}
static void
nfs4_set_claim_prev(struct nfsd4_open *open, bool has_session)
{
open->op_openowner->oo_flags |= NFS4_OO_CONFIRMED;
}
/* Should we give out recallable state?: */
static bool nfsd4_cb_channel_good(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
if (clp->cl_cb_state == NFSD4_CB_UP)
return true;
/*
* In the sessions case, since we don't have to establish a
* separate connection for callbacks, we assume it's OK
* until we hear otherwise:
*/
return clp->cl_minorversion && clp->cl_cb_state == NFSD4_CB_UNKNOWN;
}
static struct file_lock *nfs4_alloc_init_lease(struct nfs4_delegation *dp, int flag)
{
struct file_lock *fl;
fl = locks_alloc_lock();
if (!fl)
return NULL;
locks_init_lock(fl);
fl->fl_lmops = &nfsd_lease_mng_ops;
fl->fl_flags = FL_LEASE;
fl->fl_type = flag == NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_READ? F_RDLCK: F_WRLCK;
fl->fl_end = OFFSET_MAX;
fl->fl_owner = (fl_owner_t)(dp->dl_file);
fl->fl_pid = current->tgid;
return fl;
}
static int nfs4_setlease(struct nfs4_delegation *dp, int flag)
{
struct nfs4_file *fp = dp->dl_file;
struct file_lock *fl;
int status;
fl = nfs4_alloc_init_lease(dp, flag);
if (!fl)
return -ENOMEM;
fl->fl_file = find_readable_file(fp);
list_add(&dp->dl_perclnt, &dp->dl_stid.sc_client->cl_delegations);
status = vfs_setlease(fl->fl_file, fl->fl_type, &fl);
if (status) {
list_del_init(&dp->dl_perclnt);
locks_free_lock(fl);
return -ENOMEM;
}
fp->fi_lease = fl;
fp->fi_deleg_file = get_file(fl->fl_file);
atomic_set(&fp->fi_delegees, 1);
list_add(&dp->dl_perfile, &fp->fi_delegations);
return 0;
}
static int nfs4_set_delegation(struct nfs4_delegation *dp, int flag)
{
struct nfs4_file *fp = dp->dl_file;
if (!fp->fi_lease)
return nfs4_setlease(dp, flag);
spin_lock(&recall_lock);
if (fp->fi_had_conflict) {
spin_unlock(&recall_lock);
return -EAGAIN;
}
atomic_inc(&fp->fi_delegees);
list_add(&dp->dl_perfile, &fp->fi_delegations);
spin_unlock(&recall_lock);
list_add(&dp->dl_perclnt, &dp->dl_stid.sc_client->cl_delegations);
return 0;
}
static void nfsd4_open_deleg_none_ext(struct nfsd4_open *open, int status)
{
open->op_delegate_type = NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_NONE_EXT;
if (status == -EAGAIN)
open->op_why_no_deleg = WND4_CONTENTION;
else {
open->op_why_no_deleg = WND4_RESOURCE;
switch (open->op_deleg_want) {
case NFS4_SHARE_WANT_READ_DELEG:
case NFS4_SHARE_WANT_WRITE_DELEG:
case NFS4_SHARE_WANT_ANY_DELEG:
break;
case NFS4_SHARE_WANT_CANCEL:
open->op_why_no_deleg = WND4_CANCELLED;
break;
case NFS4_SHARE_WANT_NO_DELEG:
BUG(); /* not supposed to get here */
}
}
}
/*
* Attempt to hand out a delegation.
*/
static void
nfs4_open_delegation(struct net *net, struct svc_fh *fh,
struct nfsd4_open *open, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
struct nfs4_delegation *dp;
struct nfs4_openowner *oo = container_of(stp->st_stateowner, struct nfs4_openowner, oo_owner);
int cb_up;
int status = 0, flag = 0;
cb_up = nfsd4_cb_channel_good(oo->oo_owner.so_client);
flag = NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_NONE;
open->op_recall = 0;
switch (open->op_claim_type) {
case NFS4_OPEN_CLAIM_PREVIOUS:
if (!cb_up)
open->op_recall = 1;
flag = open->op_delegate_type;
if (flag == NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_NONE)
goto out;
break;
case NFS4_OPEN_CLAIM_NULL:
/* Let's not give out any delegations till everyone's
* had the chance to reclaim theirs.... */
if (locks_in_grace(net))
goto out;
if (!cb_up || !(oo->oo_flags & NFS4_OO_CONFIRMED))
goto out;
if (open->op_share_access & NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_WRITE)
flag = NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_WRITE;
else
flag = NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_READ;
break;
default:
goto out;
}
dp = alloc_init_deleg(oo->oo_owner.so_client, stp, fh, flag);
if (dp == NULL)
goto out_no_deleg;
status = nfs4_set_delegation(dp, flag);
if (status)
goto out_free;
memcpy(&open->op_delegate_stateid, &dp->dl_stid.sc_stateid, sizeof(dp->dl_stid.sc_stateid));
dprintk("NFSD: delegation stateid=" STATEID_FMT "\n",
STATEID_VAL(&dp->dl_stid.sc_stateid));
out:
open->op_delegate_type = flag;
if (flag == NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_NONE) {
if (open->op_claim_type == NFS4_OPEN_CLAIM_PREVIOUS &&
open->op_delegate_type != NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_NONE)
dprintk("NFSD: WARNING: refusing delegation reclaim\n");
/* 4.1 client asking for a delegation? */
if (open->op_deleg_want)
nfsd4_open_deleg_none_ext(open, status);
}
return;
out_free:
nfs4_put_delegation(dp);
out_no_deleg:
flag = NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_NONE;
goto out;
}
static void nfsd4_deleg_xgrade_none_ext(struct nfsd4_open *open,
struct nfs4_delegation *dp)
{
if (open->op_deleg_want == NFS4_SHARE_WANT_READ_DELEG &&
dp->dl_type == NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_WRITE) {
open->op_delegate_type = NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_NONE_EXT;
open->op_why_no_deleg = WND4_NOT_SUPP_DOWNGRADE;
} else if (open->op_deleg_want == NFS4_SHARE_WANT_WRITE_DELEG &&
dp->dl_type == NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_WRITE) {
open->op_delegate_type = NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_NONE_EXT;
open->op_why_no_deleg = WND4_NOT_SUPP_UPGRADE;
}
/* Otherwise the client must be confused wanting a delegation
* it already has, therefore we don't return
* NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_NONE_EXT and reason.
*/
}
/*
* called with nfs4_lock_state() held.
*/
__be32
nfsd4_process_open2(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct svc_fh *current_fh, struct nfsd4_open *open)
{
struct nfsd4_compoundres *resp = rqstp->rq_resp;
struct nfs4_client *cl = open->op_openowner->oo_owner.so_client;
struct nfs4_file *fp = NULL;
struct inode *ino = current_fh->fh_dentry->d_inode;
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp = NULL;
struct nfs4_delegation *dp = NULL;
__be32 status;
/*
* Lookup file; if found, lookup stateid and check open request,
* and check for delegations in the process of being recalled.
* If not found, create the nfs4_file struct
*/
fp = find_file(ino);
if (fp) {
if ((status = nfs4_check_open(fp, open, &stp)))
goto out;
status = nfs4_check_deleg(cl, fp, open, &dp);
if (status)
goto out;
} else {
status = nfserr_bad_stateid;
if (nfsd4_is_deleg_cur(open))
goto out;
status = nfserr_jukebox;
fp = open->op_file;
open->op_file = NULL;
nfsd4_init_file(fp, ino);
}
/*
* OPEN the file, or upgrade an existing OPEN.
* If truncate fails, the OPEN fails.
*/
if (stp) {
/* Stateid was found, this is an OPEN upgrade */
status = nfs4_upgrade_open(rqstp, fp, current_fh, stp, open);
if (status)
goto out;
} else {
status = nfs4_get_vfs_file(rqstp, fp, current_fh, open);
if (status)
goto out;
status = nfsd4_truncate(rqstp, current_fh, open);
if (status)
goto out;
stp = open->op_stp;
open->op_stp = NULL;
init_open_stateid(stp, fp, open);
}
update_stateid(&stp->st_stid.sc_stateid);
memcpy(&open->op_stateid, &stp->st_stid.sc_stateid, sizeof(stateid_t));
if (nfsd4_has_session(&resp->cstate)) {
open->op_openowner->oo_flags |= NFS4_OO_CONFIRMED;
if (open->op_deleg_want & NFS4_SHARE_WANT_NO_DELEG) {
open->op_delegate_type = NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_NONE_EXT;
open->op_why_no_deleg = WND4_NOT_WANTED;
goto nodeleg;
}
}
/*
* Attempt to hand out a delegation. No error return, because the
* OPEN succeeds even if we fail.
*/
nfs4_open_delegation(SVC_NET(rqstp), current_fh, open, stp);
nodeleg:
status = nfs_ok;
dprintk("%s: stateid=" STATEID_FMT "\n", __func__,
STATEID_VAL(&stp->st_stid.sc_stateid));
out:
/* 4.1 client trying to upgrade/downgrade delegation? */
if (open->op_delegate_type == NFS4_OPEN_DELEGATE_NONE && dp &&
open->op_deleg_want)
nfsd4_deleg_xgrade_none_ext(open, dp);
if (fp)
put_nfs4_file(fp);
if (status == 0 && open->op_claim_type == NFS4_OPEN_CLAIM_PREVIOUS)
nfs4_set_claim_prev(open, nfsd4_has_session(&resp->cstate));
/*
* To finish the open response, we just need to set the rflags.
*/
open->op_rflags = NFS4_OPEN_RESULT_LOCKTYPE_POSIX;
if (!(open->op_openowner->oo_flags & NFS4_OO_CONFIRMED) &&
!nfsd4_has_session(&resp->cstate))
open->op_rflags |= NFS4_OPEN_RESULT_CONFIRM;
return status;
}
void nfsd4_cleanup_open_state(struct nfsd4_open *open, __be32 status)
{
if (open->op_openowner) {
struct nfs4_openowner *oo = open->op_openowner;
if (!list_empty(&oo->oo_owner.so_stateids))
list_del_init(&oo->oo_close_lru);
if (oo->oo_flags & NFS4_OO_NEW) {
if (status) {
release_openowner(oo);
open->op_openowner = NULL;
} else
oo->oo_flags &= ~NFS4_OO_NEW;
}
}
if (open->op_file)
nfsd4_free_file(open->op_file);
if (open->op_stp)
free_generic_stateid(open->op_stp);
}
__be32
nfsd4_renew(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
clientid_t *clid)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp;
__be32 status;
struct nfsd_net *nn = net_generic(&init_net, nfsd_net_id);
nfs4_lock_state();
dprintk("process_renew(%08x/%08x): starting\n",
clid->cl_boot, clid->cl_id);
status = nfserr_stale_clientid;
if (STALE_CLIENTID(clid, nn))
goto out;
clp = find_confirmed_client(clid, cstate->minorversion);
status = nfserr_expired;
if (clp == NULL) {
/* We assume the client took too long to RENEW. */
dprintk("nfsd4_renew: clientid not found!\n");
goto out;
}
status = nfserr_cb_path_down;
if (!list_empty(&clp->cl_delegations)
&& clp->cl_cb_state != NFSD4_CB_UP)
goto out;
status = nfs_ok;
out:
nfs4_unlock_state();
return status;
}
static void
nfsd4_end_grace(struct net *net)
{
struct nfsd_net *nn = net_generic(net, nfsd_net_id);
/* do nothing if grace period already ended */
if (nn->grace_ended)
return;
dprintk("NFSD: end of grace period\n");
nn->grace_ended = true;
nfsd4_record_grace_done(net, nn->boot_time);
locks_end_grace(&nn->nfsd4_manager);
/*
* Now that every NFSv4 client has had the chance to recover and
* to see the (possibly new, possibly shorter) lease time, we
* can safely set the next grace time to the current lease time:
*/
nfsd4_grace = nfsd4_lease;
}
static time_t
nfs4_laundromat(void)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp;
struct nfs4_openowner *oo;
struct nfs4_delegation *dp;
struct list_head *pos, *next, reaplist;
time_t cutoff = get_seconds() - nfsd4_lease;
time_t t, clientid_val = nfsd4_lease;
time_t u, test_val = nfsd4_lease;
nfs4_lock_state();
dprintk("NFSD: laundromat service - starting\n");
nfsd4_end_grace(&init_net);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&reaplist);
spin_lock(&client_lock);
list_for_each_safe(pos, next, &client_lru) {
clp = list_entry(pos, struct nfs4_client, cl_lru);
if (time_after((unsigned long)clp->cl_time, (unsigned long)cutoff)) {
t = clp->cl_time - cutoff;
if (clientid_val > t)
clientid_val = t;
break;
}
if (atomic_read(&clp->cl_refcount)) {
dprintk("NFSD: client in use (clientid %08x)\n",
clp->cl_clientid.cl_id);
continue;
}
unhash_client_locked(clp);
list_add(&clp->cl_lru, &reaplist);
}
spin_unlock(&client_lock);
list_for_each_safe(pos, next, &reaplist) {
clp = list_entry(pos, struct nfs4_client, cl_lru);
dprintk("NFSD: purging unused client (clientid %08x)\n",
clp->cl_clientid.cl_id);
expire_client(clp);
}
spin_lock(&recall_lock);
list_for_each_safe(pos, next, &del_recall_lru) {
dp = list_entry (pos, struct nfs4_delegation, dl_recall_lru);
if (time_after((unsigned long)dp->dl_time, (unsigned long)cutoff)) {
u = dp->dl_time - cutoff;
if (test_val > u)
test_val = u;
break;
}
list_move(&dp->dl_recall_lru, &reaplist);
}
spin_unlock(&recall_lock);
list_for_each_safe(pos, next, &reaplist) {
dp = list_entry (pos, struct nfs4_delegation, dl_recall_lru);
unhash_delegation(dp);
}
test_val = nfsd4_lease;
list_for_each_safe(pos, next, &close_lru) {
oo = container_of(pos, struct nfs4_openowner, oo_close_lru);
if (time_after((unsigned long)oo->oo_time, (unsigned long)cutoff)) {
u = oo->oo_time - cutoff;
if (test_val > u)
test_val = u;
break;
}
release_openowner(oo);
}
if (clientid_val < NFSD_LAUNDROMAT_MINTIMEOUT)
clientid_val = NFSD_LAUNDROMAT_MINTIMEOUT;
nfs4_unlock_state();
return clientid_val;
}
static struct workqueue_struct *laundry_wq;
static void laundromat_main(struct work_struct *);
static DECLARE_DELAYED_WORK(laundromat_work, laundromat_main);
static void
laundromat_main(struct work_struct *not_used)
{
time_t t;
t = nfs4_laundromat();
dprintk("NFSD: laundromat_main - sleeping for %ld seconds\n", t);
queue_delayed_work(laundry_wq, &laundromat_work, t*HZ);
}
static inline __be32 nfs4_check_fh(struct svc_fh *fhp, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
if (fhp->fh_dentry->d_inode != stp->st_file->fi_inode)
return nfserr_bad_stateid;
return nfs_ok;
}
static int
STALE_STATEID(stateid_t *stateid, struct nfsd_net *nn)
{
if (stateid->si_opaque.so_clid.cl_boot == nn->boot_time)
return 0;
dprintk("NFSD: stale stateid " STATEID_FMT "!\n",
STATEID_VAL(stateid));
return 1;
}
static inline int
access_permit_read(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
return test_access(NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_READ, stp) ||
test_access(NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_BOTH, stp) ||
test_access(NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_WRITE, stp);
}
static inline int
access_permit_write(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
return test_access(NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_WRITE, stp) ||
test_access(NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_BOTH, stp);
}
static
__be32 nfs4_check_openmode(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp, int flags)
{
__be32 status = nfserr_openmode;
/* For lock stateid's, we test the parent open, not the lock: */
if (stp->st_openstp)
stp = stp->st_openstp;
if ((flags & WR_STATE) && !access_permit_write(stp))
goto out;
if ((flags & RD_STATE) && !access_permit_read(stp))
goto out;
status = nfs_ok;
out:
return status;
}
static inline __be32
check_special_stateids(struct net *net, svc_fh *current_fh, stateid_t *stateid, int flags)
{
if (ONE_STATEID(stateid) && (flags & RD_STATE))
return nfs_ok;
else if (locks_in_grace(net)) {
/* Answer in remaining cases depends on existence of
* conflicting state; so we must wait out the grace period. */
return nfserr_grace;
} else if (flags & WR_STATE)
return nfs4_share_conflict(current_fh,
NFS4_SHARE_DENY_WRITE);
else /* (flags & RD_STATE) && ZERO_STATEID(stateid) */
return nfs4_share_conflict(current_fh,
NFS4_SHARE_DENY_READ);
}
/*
* Allow READ/WRITE during grace period on recovered state only for files
* that are not able to provide mandatory locking.
*/
static inline int
grace_disallows_io(struct net *net, struct inode *inode)
{
return locks_in_grace(net) && mandatory_lock(inode);
}
/* Returns true iff a is later than b: */
static bool stateid_generation_after(stateid_t *a, stateid_t *b)
{
return (s32)a->si_generation - (s32)b->si_generation > 0;
}
static __be32 check_stateid_generation(stateid_t *in, stateid_t *ref, bool has_session)
{
/*
* When sessions are used the stateid generation number is ignored
* when it is zero.
*/
if (has_session && in->si_generation == 0)
return nfs_ok;
if (in->si_generation == ref->si_generation)
return nfs_ok;
/* If the client sends us a stateid from the future, it's buggy: */
if (stateid_generation_after(in, ref))
return nfserr_bad_stateid;
/*
* However, we could see a stateid from the past, even from a
* non-buggy client. For example, if the client sends a lock
* while some IO is outstanding, the lock may bump si_generation
* while the IO is still in flight. The client could avoid that
* situation by waiting for responses on all the IO requests,
* but better performance may result in retrying IO that
* receives an old_stateid error if requests are rarely
* reordered in flight:
*/
return nfserr_old_stateid;
}
static __be32 nfsd4_validate_stateid(struct nfs4_client *cl, stateid_t *stateid)
{
struct nfs4_stid *s;
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *ols;
__be32 status;
if (ZERO_STATEID(stateid) || ONE_STATEID(stateid))
return nfserr_bad_stateid;
/* Client debugging aid. */
if (!same_clid(&stateid->si_opaque.so_clid, &cl->cl_clientid)) {
char addr_str[INET6_ADDRSTRLEN];
rpc_ntop((struct sockaddr *)&cl->cl_addr, addr_str,
sizeof(addr_str));
pr_warn_ratelimited("NFSD: client %s testing state ID "
"with incorrect client ID\n", addr_str);
return nfserr_bad_stateid;
}
s = find_stateid(cl, stateid);
if (!s)
return nfserr_bad_stateid;
status = check_stateid_generation(stateid, &s->sc_stateid, 1);
if (status)
return status;
if (!(s->sc_type & (NFS4_OPEN_STID | NFS4_LOCK_STID)))
return nfs_ok;
ols = openlockstateid(s);
if (ols->st_stateowner->so_is_open_owner
&& !(openowner(ols->st_stateowner)->oo_flags & NFS4_OO_CONFIRMED))
return nfserr_bad_stateid;
return nfs_ok;
}
static __be32 nfsd4_lookup_stateid(stateid_t *stateid, unsigned char typemask, struct nfs4_stid **s, bool sessions)
{
struct nfs4_client *cl;
struct nfsd_net *nn = net_generic(&init_net, nfsd_net_id);
if (ZERO_STATEID(stateid) || ONE_STATEID(stateid))
return nfserr_bad_stateid;
if (STALE_STATEID(stateid, nn))
return nfserr_stale_stateid;
cl = find_confirmed_client(&stateid->si_opaque.so_clid, sessions);
if (!cl)
return nfserr_expired;
*s = find_stateid_by_type(cl, stateid, typemask);
if (!*s)
return nfserr_bad_stateid;
return nfs_ok;
}
/*
* Checks for stateid operations
*/
__be32
nfs4_preprocess_stateid_op(struct net *net, struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
stateid_t *stateid, int flags, struct file **filpp)
{
struct nfs4_stid *s;
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp = NULL;
struct nfs4_delegation *dp = NULL;
struct svc_fh *current_fh = &cstate->current_fh;
struct inode *ino = current_fh->fh_dentry->d_inode;
__be32 status;
if (filpp)
*filpp = NULL;
if (grace_disallows_io(net, ino))
return nfserr_grace;
if (ZERO_STATEID(stateid) || ONE_STATEID(stateid))
return check_special_stateids(net, current_fh, stateid, flags);
status = nfsd4_lookup_stateid(stateid, NFS4_DELEG_STID|NFS4_OPEN_STID|NFS4_LOCK_STID, &s, cstate->minorversion);
if (status)
return status;
status = check_stateid_generation(stateid, &s->sc_stateid, nfsd4_has_session(cstate));
if (status)
goto out;
switch (s->sc_type) {
case NFS4_DELEG_STID:
dp = delegstateid(s);
status = nfs4_check_delegmode(dp, flags);
if (status)
goto out;
if (filpp) {
*filpp = dp->dl_file->fi_deleg_file;
BUG_ON(!*filpp);
}
break;
case NFS4_OPEN_STID:
case NFS4_LOCK_STID:
stp = openlockstateid(s);
status = nfs4_check_fh(current_fh, stp);
if (status)
goto out;
if (stp->st_stateowner->so_is_open_owner
&& !(openowner(stp->st_stateowner)->oo_flags & NFS4_OO_CONFIRMED))
goto out;
status = nfs4_check_openmode(stp, flags);
if (status)
goto out;
if (filpp) {
if (flags & RD_STATE)
*filpp = find_readable_file(stp->st_file);
else
*filpp = find_writeable_file(stp->st_file);
}
break;
default:
return nfserr_bad_stateid;
}
status = nfs_ok;
out:
return status;
}
static __be32
nfsd4_free_lock_stateid(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
if (check_for_locks(stp->st_file, lockowner(stp->st_stateowner)))
return nfserr_locks_held;
release_lock_stateid(stp);
return nfs_ok;
}
/*
* Test if the stateid is valid
*/
__be32
nfsd4_test_stateid(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_test_stateid *test_stateid)
{
struct nfsd4_test_stateid_id *stateid;
struct nfs4_client *cl = cstate->session->se_client;
nfs4_lock_state();
list_for_each_entry(stateid, &test_stateid->ts_stateid_list, ts_id_list)
stateid->ts_id_status =
nfsd4_validate_stateid(cl, &stateid->ts_id_stateid);
nfs4_unlock_state();
return nfs_ok;
}
__be32
nfsd4_free_stateid(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_free_stateid *free_stateid)
{
stateid_t *stateid = &free_stateid->fr_stateid;
struct nfs4_stid *s;
struct nfs4_client *cl = cstate->session->se_client;
__be32 ret = nfserr_bad_stateid;
nfs4_lock_state();
s = find_stateid(cl, stateid);
if (!s)
goto out;
switch (s->sc_type) {
case NFS4_DELEG_STID:
ret = nfserr_locks_held;
goto out;
case NFS4_OPEN_STID:
case NFS4_LOCK_STID:
ret = check_stateid_generation(stateid, &s->sc_stateid, 1);
if (ret)
goto out;
if (s->sc_type == NFS4_LOCK_STID)
ret = nfsd4_free_lock_stateid(openlockstateid(s));
else
ret = nfserr_locks_held;
break;
default:
ret = nfserr_bad_stateid;
}
out:
nfs4_unlock_state();
return ret;
}
static inline int
setlkflg (int type)
{
return (type == NFS4_READW_LT || type == NFS4_READ_LT) ?
RD_STATE : WR_STATE;
}
static __be32 nfs4_seqid_op_checks(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, stateid_t *stateid, u32 seqid, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
struct svc_fh *current_fh = &cstate->current_fh;
struct nfs4_stateowner *sop = stp->st_stateowner;
__be32 status;
status = nfsd4_check_seqid(cstate, sop, seqid);
if (status)
return status;
if (stp->st_stid.sc_type == NFS4_CLOSED_STID)
/*
* "Closed" stateid's exist *only* to return
* nfserr_replay_me from the previous step.
*/
return nfserr_bad_stateid;
status = check_stateid_generation(stateid, &stp->st_stid.sc_stateid, nfsd4_has_session(cstate));
if (status)
return status;
return nfs4_check_fh(current_fh, stp);
}
/*
* Checks for sequence id mutating operations.
*/
static __be32
nfs4_preprocess_seqid_op(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, u32 seqid,
stateid_t *stateid, char typemask,
struct nfs4_ol_stateid **stpp)
{
__be32 status;
struct nfs4_stid *s;
dprintk("NFSD: %s: seqid=%d stateid = " STATEID_FMT "\n", __func__,
seqid, STATEID_VAL(stateid));
*stpp = NULL;
status = nfsd4_lookup_stateid(stateid, typemask, &s, cstate->minorversion);
if (status)
return status;
*stpp = openlockstateid(s);
cstate->replay_owner = (*stpp)->st_stateowner;
return nfs4_seqid_op_checks(cstate, stateid, seqid, *stpp);
}
static __be32 nfs4_preprocess_confirmed_seqid_op(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, u32 seqid, stateid_t *stateid, struct nfs4_ol_stateid **stpp)
{
__be32 status;
struct nfs4_openowner *oo;
status = nfs4_preprocess_seqid_op(cstate, seqid, stateid,
NFS4_OPEN_STID, stpp);
if (status)
return status;
oo = openowner((*stpp)->st_stateowner);
if (!(oo->oo_flags & NFS4_OO_CONFIRMED))
return nfserr_bad_stateid;
return nfs_ok;
}
__be32
nfsd4_open_confirm(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_open_confirm *oc)
{
__be32 status;
struct nfs4_openowner *oo;
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp;
dprintk("NFSD: nfsd4_open_confirm on file %.*s\n",
(int)cstate->current_fh.fh_dentry->d_name.len,
cstate->current_fh.fh_dentry->d_name.name);
status = fh_verify(rqstp, &cstate->current_fh, S_IFREG, 0);
if (status)
return status;
nfs4_lock_state();
status = nfs4_preprocess_seqid_op(cstate,
oc->oc_seqid, &oc->oc_req_stateid,
NFS4_OPEN_STID, &stp);
if (status)
goto out;
oo = openowner(stp->st_stateowner);
status = nfserr_bad_stateid;
if (oo->oo_flags & NFS4_OO_CONFIRMED)
goto out;
oo->oo_flags |= NFS4_OO_CONFIRMED;
update_stateid(&stp->st_stid.sc_stateid);
memcpy(&oc->oc_resp_stateid, &stp->st_stid.sc_stateid, sizeof(stateid_t));
dprintk("NFSD: %s: success, seqid=%d stateid=" STATEID_FMT "\n",
__func__, oc->oc_seqid, STATEID_VAL(&stp->st_stid.sc_stateid));
nfsd4_client_record_create(oo->oo_owner.so_client);
status = nfs_ok;
out:
if (!cstate->replay_owner)
nfs4_unlock_state();
return status;
}
static inline void nfs4_stateid_downgrade_bit(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp, u32 access)
{
if (!test_access(access, stp))
return;
nfs4_file_put_access(stp->st_file, nfs4_access_to_omode(access));
clear_access(access, stp);
}
static inline void nfs4_stateid_downgrade(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp, u32 to_access)
{
switch (to_access) {
case NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_READ:
nfs4_stateid_downgrade_bit(stp, NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_WRITE);
nfs4_stateid_downgrade_bit(stp, NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_BOTH);
break;
case NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_WRITE:
nfs4_stateid_downgrade_bit(stp, NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_READ);
nfs4_stateid_downgrade_bit(stp, NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_BOTH);
break;
case NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_BOTH:
break;
default:
BUG();
}
}
static void
reset_union_bmap_deny(unsigned long deny, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
if ((i & deny) != i)
clear_deny(i, stp);
}
}
__be32
nfsd4_open_downgrade(struct svc_rqst *rqstp,
struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_open_downgrade *od)
{
__be32 status;
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp;
dprintk("NFSD: nfsd4_open_downgrade on file %.*s\n",
(int)cstate->current_fh.fh_dentry->d_name.len,
cstate->current_fh.fh_dentry->d_name.name);
/* We don't yet support WANT bits: */
if (od->od_deleg_want)
dprintk("NFSD: %s: od_deleg_want=0x%x ignored\n", __func__,
od->od_deleg_want);
nfs4_lock_state();
status = nfs4_preprocess_confirmed_seqid_op(cstate, od->od_seqid,
&od->od_stateid, &stp);
if (status)
goto out;
status = nfserr_inval;
if (!test_access(od->od_share_access, stp)) {
dprintk("NFSD: access not a subset current bitmap: 0x%lx, input access=%08x\n",
stp->st_access_bmap, od->od_share_access);
goto out;
}
if (!test_deny(od->od_share_deny, stp)) {
dprintk("NFSD:deny not a subset current bitmap: 0x%lx, input deny=%08x\n",
stp->st_deny_bmap, od->od_share_deny);
goto out;
}
nfs4_stateid_downgrade(stp, od->od_share_access);
reset_union_bmap_deny(od->od_share_deny, stp);
update_stateid(&stp->st_stid.sc_stateid);
memcpy(&od->od_stateid, &stp->st_stid.sc_stateid, sizeof(stateid_t));
status = nfs_ok;
out:
if (!cstate->replay_owner)
nfs4_unlock_state();
return status;
}
void nfsd4_purge_closed_stateid(struct nfs4_stateowner *so)
{
struct nfs4_openowner *oo;
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *s;
if (!so->so_is_open_owner)
return;
oo = openowner(so);
s = oo->oo_last_closed_stid;
if (!s)
return;
if (!(oo->oo_flags & NFS4_OO_PURGE_CLOSE)) {
/* Release the last_closed_stid on the next seqid bump: */
oo->oo_flags |= NFS4_OO_PURGE_CLOSE;
return;
}
oo->oo_flags &= ~NFS4_OO_PURGE_CLOSE;
release_last_closed_stateid(oo);
}
static void nfsd4_close_open_stateid(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *s)
{
unhash_open_stateid(s);
s->st_stid.sc_type = NFS4_CLOSED_STID;
}
/*
* nfs4_unlock_state() called after encode
*/
__be32
nfsd4_close(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_close *close)
{
__be32 status;
struct nfs4_openowner *oo;
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp;
dprintk("NFSD: nfsd4_close on file %.*s\n",
(int)cstate->current_fh.fh_dentry->d_name.len,
cstate->current_fh.fh_dentry->d_name.name);
nfs4_lock_state();
status = nfs4_preprocess_seqid_op(cstate, close->cl_seqid,
&close->cl_stateid,
NFS4_OPEN_STID|NFS4_CLOSED_STID,
&stp);
if (status)
goto out;
oo = openowner(stp->st_stateowner);
status = nfs_ok;
update_stateid(&stp->st_stid.sc_stateid);
memcpy(&close->cl_stateid, &stp->st_stid.sc_stateid, sizeof(stateid_t));
nfsd4_close_open_stateid(stp);
release_last_closed_stateid(oo);
oo->oo_last_closed_stid = stp;
if (list_empty(&oo->oo_owner.so_stateids)) {
if (cstate->minorversion) {
release_openowner(oo);
cstate->replay_owner = NULL;
} else {
/*
* In the 4.0 case we need to keep the owners around a
* little while to handle CLOSE replay.
*/
if (list_empty(&oo->oo_owner.so_stateids))
move_to_close_lru(oo);
}
}
out:
if (!cstate->replay_owner)
nfs4_unlock_state();
return status;
}
__be32
nfsd4_delegreturn(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_delegreturn *dr)
{
struct nfs4_delegation *dp;
stateid_t *stateid = &dr->dr_stateid;
struct nfs4_stid *s;
struct inode *inode;
__be32 status;
if ((status = fh_verify(rqstp, &cstate->current_fh, S_IFREG, 0)))
return status;
inode = cstate->current_fh.fh_dentry->d_inode;
nfs4_lock_state();
status = nfsd4_lookup_stateid(stateid, NFS4_DELEG_STID, &s, cstate->minorversion);
if (status)
goto out;
dp = delegstateid(s);
status = check_stateid_generation(stateid, &dp->dl_stid.sc_stateid, nfsd4_has_session(cstate));
if (status)
goto out;
unhash_delegation(dp);
out:
nfs4_unlock_state();
return status;
}
#define LOFF_OVERFLOW(start, len) ((u64)(len) > ~(u64)(start))
#define LOCKOWNER_INO_HASH_BITS 8
#define LOCKOWNER_INO_HASH_SIZE (1 << LOCKOWNER_INO_HASH_BITS)
#define LOCKOWNER_INO_HASH_MASK (LOCKOWNER_INO_HASH_SIZE - 1)
static inline u64
end_offset(u64 start, u64 len)
{
u64 end;
end = start + len;
return end >= start ? end: NFS4_MAX_UINT64;
}
/* last octet in a range */
static inline u64
last_byte_offset(u64 start, u64 len)
{
u64 end;
BUG_ON(!len);
end = start + len;
return end > start ? end - 1: NFS4_MAX_UINT64;
}
static unsigned int lockowner_ino_hashval(struct inode *inode, u32 cl_id, struct xdr_netobj *ownername)
{
return (file_hashval(inode) + cl_id
+ opaque_hashval(ownername->data, ownername->len))
& LOCKOWNER_INO_HASH_MASK;
}
static struct list_head lockowner_ino_hashtbl[LOCKOWNER_INO_HASH_SIZE];
/*
* TODO: Linux file offsets are _signed_ 64-bit quantities, which means that
* we can't properly handle lock requests that go beyond the (2^63 - 1)-th
* byte, because of sign extension problems. Since NFSv4 calls for 64-bit
* locking, this prevents us from being completely protocol-compliant. The
* real solution to this problem is to start using unsigned file offsets in
* the VFS, but this is a very deep change!
*/
static inline void
nfs4_transform_lock_offset(struct file_lock *lock)
{
if (lock->fl_start < 0)
lock->fl_start = OFFSET_MAX;
if (lock->fl_end < 0)
lock->fl_end = OFFSET_MAX;
}
/* Hack!: For now, we're defining this just so we can use a pointer to it
* as a unique cookie to identify our (NFSv4's) posix locks. */
static const struct lock_manager_operations nfsd_posix_mng_ops = {
};
static inline void
nfs4_set_lock_denied(struct file_lock *fl, struct nfsd4_lock_denied *deny)
{
struct nfs4_lockowner *lo;
if (fl->fl_lmops == &nfsd_posix_mng_ops) {
lo = (struct nfs4_lockowner *) fl->fl_owner;
deny->ld_owner.data = kmemdup(lo->lo_owner.so_owner.data,
lo->lo_owner.so_owner.len, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!deny->ld_owner.data)
/* We just don't care that much */
goto nevermind;
deny->ld_owner.len = lo->lo_owner.so_owner.len;
deny->ld_clientid = lo->lo_owner.so_client->cl_clientid;
} else {
nevermind:
deny->ld_owner.len = 0;
deny->ld_owner.data = NULL;
deny->ld_clientid.cl_boot = 0;
deny->ld_clientid.cl_id = 0;
}
deny->ld_start = fl->fl_start;
deny->ld_length = NFS4_MAX_UINT64;
if (fl->fl_end != NFS4_MAX_UINT64)
deny->ld_length = fl->fl_end - fl->fl_start + 1;
deny->ld_type = NFS4_READ_LT;
if (fl->fl_type != F_RDLCK)
deny->ld_type = NFS4_WRITE_LT;
}
static bool same_lockowner_ino(struct nfs4_lockowner *lo, struct inode *inode, clientid_t *clid, struct xdr_netobj *owner)
{
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *lst;
if (!same_owner_str(&lo->lo_owner, owner, clid))
return false;
lst = list_first_entry(&lo->lo_owner.so_stateids,
struct nfs4_ol_stateid, st_perstateowner);
return lst->st_file->fi_inode == inode;
}
static struct nfs4_lockowner *
find_lockowner_str(struct inode *inode, clientid_t *clid,
struct xdr_netobj *owner)
{
unsigned int hashval = lockowner_ino_hashval(inode, clid->cl_id, owner);
struct nfs4_lockowner *lo;
list_for_each_entry(lo, &lockowner_ino_hashtbl[hashval], lo_owner_ino_hash) {
if (same_lockowner_ino(lo, inode, clid, owner))
return lo;
}
return NULL;
}
static void hash_lockowner(struct nfs4_lockowner *lo, unsigned int strhashval, struct nfs4_client *clp, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *open_stp)
{
struct inode *inode = open_stp->st_file->fi_inode;
unsigned int inohash = lockowner_ino_hashval(inode,
clp->cl_clientid.cl_id, &lo->lo_owner.so_owner);
list_add(&lo->lo_owner.so_strhash, &ownerstr_hashtbl[strhashval]);
list_add(&lo->lo_owner_ino_hash, &lockowner_ino_hashtbl[inohash]);
list_add(&lo->lo_perstateid, &open_stp->st_lockowners);
}
/*
* Alloc a lock owner structure.
* Called in nfsd4_lock - therefore, OPEN and OPEN_CONFIRM (if needed) has
* occurred.
*
* strhashval = ownerstr_hashval
*/
static struct nfs4_lockowner *
alloc_init_lock_stateowner(unsigned int strhashval, struct nfs4_client *clp, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *open_stp, struct nfsd4_lock *lock) {
struct nfs4_lockowner *lo;
lo = alloc_stateowner(lockowner_slab, &lock->lk_new_owner, clp);
if (!lo)
return NULL;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&lo->lo_owner.so_stateids);
lo->lo_owner.so_is_open_owner = 0;
/* It is the openowner seqid that will be incremented in encode in the
* case of new lockowners; so increment the lock seqid manually: */
lo->lo_owner.so_seqid = lock->lk_new_lock_seqid + 1;
hash_lockowner(lo, strhashval, clp, open_stp);
return lo;
}
static struct nfs4_ol_stateid *
alloc_init_lock_stateid(struct nfs4_lockowner *lo, struct nfs4_file *fp, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *open_stp)
{
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp;
struct nfs4_client *clp = lo->lo_owner.so_client;
stp = nfs4_alloc_stateid(clp);
if (stp == NULL)
return NULL;
init_stid(&stp->st_stid, clp, NFS4_LOCK_STID);
list_add(&stp->st_perfile, &fp->fi_stateids);
list_add(&stp->st_perstateowner, &lo->lo_owner.so_stateids);
stp->st_stateowner = &lo->lo_owner;
get_nfs4_file(fp);
stp->st_file = fp;
stp->st_access_bmap = 0;
stp->st_deny_bmap = open_stp->st_deny_bmap;
stp->st_openstp = open_stp;
return stp;
}
static int
check_lock_length(u64 offset, u64 length)
{
return ((length == 0) || ((length != NFS4_MAX_UINT64) &&
LOFF_OVERFLOW(offset, length)));
}
static void get_lock_access(struct nfs4_ol_stateid *lock_stp, u32 access)
{
struct nfs4_file *fp = lock_stp->st_file;
int oflag = nfs4_access_to_omode(access);
if (test_access(access, lock_stp))
return;
nfs4_file_get_access(fp, oflag);
set_access(access, lock_stp);
}
static __be32 lookup_or_create_lock_state(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfs4_ol_stateid *ost, struct nfsd4_lock *lock, struct nfs4_ol_stateid **lst, bool *new)
{
struct nfs4_file *fi = ost->st_file;
struct nfs4_openowner *oo = openowner(ost->st_stateowner);
struct nfs4_client *cl = oo->oo_owner.so_client;
struct nfs4_lockowner *lo;
unsigned int strhashval;
lo = find_lockowner_str(fi->fi_inode, &cl->cl_clientid, &lock->v.new.owner);
if (lo) {
if (!cstate->minorversion)
return nfserr_bad_seqid;
/* XXX: a lockowner always has exactly one stateid: */
*lst = list_first_entry(&lo->lo_owner.so_stateids,
struct nfs4_ol_stateid, st_perstateowner);
return nfs_ok;
}
strhashval = ownerstr_hashval(cl->cl_clientid.cl_id,
&lock->v.new.owner);
lo = alloc_init_lock_stateowner(strhashval, cl, ost, lock);
if (lo == NULL)
return nfserr_jukebox;
*lst = alloc_init_lock_stateid(lo, fi, ost);
if (*lst == NULL) {
release_lockowner(lo);
return nfserr_jukebox;
}
*new = true;
return nfs_ok;
}
/*
* LOCK operation
*/
__be32
nfsd4_lock(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_lock *lock)
{
struct nfs4_openowner *open_sop = NULL;
struct nfs4_lockowner *lock_sop = NULL;
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *lock_stp;
struct file *filp = NULL;
struct file_lock *file_lock = NULL;
struct file_lock *conflock = NULL;
__be32 status = 0;
bool new_state = false;
int lkflg;
int err;
struct nfsd_net *nn = net_generic(&init_net, nfsd_net_id);
dprintk("NFSD: nfsd4_lock: start=%Ld length=%Ld\n",
(long long) lock->lk_offset,
(long long) lock->lk_length);
if (check_lock_length(lock->lk_offset, lock->lk_length))
return nfserr_inval;
if ((status = fh_verify(rqstp, &cstate->current_fh,
S_IFREG, NFSD_MAY_LOCK))) {
dprintk("NFSD: nfsd4_lock: permission denied!\n");
return status;
}
nfs4_lock_state();
if (lock->lk_is_new) {
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *open_stp = NULL;
if (nfsd4_has_session(cstate))
/* See rfc 5661 18.10.3: given clientid is ignored: */
memcpy(&lock->v.new.clientid,
&cstate->session->se_client->cl_clientid,
sizeof(clientid_t));
status = nfserr_stale_clientid;
if (STALE_CLIENTID(&lock->lk_new_clientid, nn))
goto out;
/* validate and update open stateid and open seqid */
status = nfs4_preprocess_confirmed_seqid_op(cstate,
lock->lk_new_open_seqid,
&lock->lk_new_open_stateid,
&open_stp);
if (status)
goto out;
open_sop = openowner(open_stp->st_stateowner);
status = nfserr_bad_stateid;
if (!same_clid(&open_sop->oo_owner.so_client->cl_clientid,
&lock->v.new.clientid))
goto out;
status = lookup_or_create_lock_state(cstate, open_stp, lock,
&lock_stp, &new_state);
} else
status = nfs4_preprocess_seqid_op(cstate,
lock->lk_old_lock_seqid,
&lock->lk_old_lock_stateid,
NFS4_LOCK_STID, &lock_stp);
if (status)
goto out;
lock_sop = lockowner(lock_stp->st_stateowner);
lkflg = setlkflg(lock->lk_type);
status = nfs4_check_openmode(lock_stp, lkflg);
if (status)
goto out;
status = nfserr_grace;
if (locks_in_grace(SVC_NET(rqstp)) && !lock->lk_reclaim)
goto out;
status = nfserr_no_grace;
if (!locks_in_grace(SVC_NET(rqstp)) && lock->lk_reclaim)
goto out;
file_lock = locks_alloc_lock();
if (!file_lock) {
dprintk("NFSD: %s: unable to allocate lock!\n", __func__);
status = nfserr_jukebox;
goto out;
}
locks_init_lock(file_lock);
switch (lock->lk_type) {
case NFS4_READ_LT:
case NFS4_READW_LT:
filp = find_readable_file(lock_stp->st_file);
if (filp)
get_lock_access(lock_stp, NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_READ);
file_lock->fl_type = F_RDLCK;
break;
case NFS4_WRITE_LT:
case NFS4_WRITEW_LT:
filp = find_writeable_file(lock_stp->st_file);
if (filp)
get_lock_access(lock_stp, NFS4_SHARE_ACCESS_WRITE);
file_lock->fl_type = F_WRLCK;
break;
default:
status = nfserr_inval;
goto out;
}
if (!filp) {
status = nfserr_openmode;
goto out;
}
file_lock->fl_owner = (fl_owner_t)lock_sop;
file_lock->fl_pid = current->tgid;
file_lock->fl_file = filp;
file_lock->fl_flags = FL_POSIX;
file_lock->fl_lmops = &nfsd_posix_mng_ops;
file_lock->fl_start = lock->lk_offset;
file_lock->fl_end = last_byte_offset(lock->lk_offset, lock->lk_length);
nfs4_transform_lock_offset(file_lock);
conflock = locks_alloc_lock();
if (!conflock) {
dprintk("NFSD: %s: unable to allocate lock!\n", __func__);
status = nfserr_jukebox;
goto out;
}
err = vfs_lock_file(filp, F_SETLK, file_lock, conflock);
switch (-err) {
case 0: /* success! */
update_stateid(&lock_stp->st_stid.sc_stateid);
memcpy(&lock->lk_resp_stateid, &lock_stp->st_stid.sc_stateid,
sizeof(stateid_t));
status = 0;
break;
case (EAGAIN): /* conflock holds conflicting lock */
status = nfserr_denied;
dprintk("NFSD: nfsd4_lock: conflicting lock found!\n");
nfs4_set_lock_denied(conflock, &lock->lk_denied);
break;
case (EDEADLK):
status = nfserr_deadlock;
break;
default:
dprintk("NFSD: nfsd4_lock: vfs_lock_file() failed! status %d\n",err);
status = nfserrno(err);
break;
}
out:
if (status && new_state)
release_lockowner(lock_sop);
if (!cstate->replay_owner)
nfs4_unlock_state();
if (file_lock)
locks_free_lock(file_lock);
if (conflock)
locks_free_lock(conflock);
return status;
}
/*
* The NFSv4 spec allows a client to do a LOCKT without holding an OPEN,
* so we do a temporary open here just to get an open file to pass to
* vfs_test_lock. (Arguably perhaps test_lock should be done with an
* inode operation.)
*/
static __be32 nfsd_test_lock(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct svc_fh *fhp, struct file_lock *lock)
{
struct file *file;
__be32 err = nfsd_open(rqstp, fhp, S_IFREG, NFSD_MAY_READ, &file);
if (!err) {
err = nfserrno(vfs_test_lock(file, lock));
nfsd_close(file);
}
return err;
}
/*
* LOCKT operation
*/
__be32
nfsd4_lockt(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_lockt *lockt)
{
struct inode *inode;
struct file_lock *file_lock = NULL;
struct nfs4_lockowner *lo;
__be32 status;
struct nfsd_net *nn = net_generic(&init_net, nfsd_net_id);
if (locks_in_grace(SVC_NET(rqstp)))
return nfserr_grace;
if (check_lock_length(lockt->lt_offset, lockt->lt_length))
return nfserr_inval;
nfs4_lock_state();
status = nfserr_stale_clientid;
if (!nfsd4_has_session(cstate) && STALE_CLIENTID(&lockt->lt_clientid, nn))
goto out;
if ((status = fh_verify(rqstp, &cstate->current_fh, S_IFREG, 0)))
goto out;
inode = cstate->current_fh.fh_dentry->d_inode;
file_lock = locks_alloc_lock();
if (!file_lock) {
dprintk("NFSD: %s: unable to allocate lock!\n", __func__);
status = nfserr_jukebox;
goto out;
}
locks_init_lock(file_lock);
switch (lockt->lt_type) {
case NFS4_READ_LT:
case NFS4_READW_LT:
file_lock->fl_type = F_RDLCK;
break;
case NFS4_WRITE_LT:
case NFS4_WRITEW_LT:
file_lock->fl_type = F_WRLCK;
break;
default:
dprintk("NFSD: nfs4_lockt: bad lock type!\n");
status = nfserr_inval;
goto out;
}
lo = find_lockowner_str(inode, &lockt->lt_clientid, &lockt->lt_owner);
if (lo)
file_lock->fl_owner = (fl_owner_t)lo;
file_lock->fl_pid = current->tgid;
file_lock->fl_flags = FL_POSIX;
file_lock->fl_start = lockt->lt_offset;
file_lock->fl_end = last_byte_offset(lockt->lt_offset, lockt->lt_length);
nfs4_transform_lock_offset(file_lock);
status = nfsd_test_lock(rqstp, &cstate->current_fh, file_lock);
if (status)
goto out;
if (file_lock->fl_type != F_UNLCK) {
status = nfserr_denied;
nfs4_set_lock_denied(file_lock, &lockt->lt_denied);
}
out:
nfs4_unlock_state();
if (file_lock)
locks_free_lock(file_lock);
return status;
}
__be32
nfsd4_locku(struct svc_rqst *rqstp, struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_locku *locku)
{
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp;
struct file *filp = NULL;
struct file_lock *file_lock = NULL;
__be32 status;
int err;
dprintk("NFSD: nfsd4_locku: start=%Ld length=%Ld\n",
(long long) locku->lu_offset,
(long long) locku->lu_length);
if (check_lock_length(locku->lu_offset, locku->lu_length))
return nfserr_inval;
nfs4_lock_state();
status = nfs4_preprocess_seqid_op(cstate, locku->lu_seqid,
&locku->lu_stateid, NFS4_LOCK_STID, &stp);
if (status)
goto out;
filp = find_any_file(stp->st_file);
if (!filp) {
status = nfserr_lock_range;
goto out;
}
file_lock = locks_alloc_lock();
if (!file_lock) {
dprintk("NFSD: %s: unable to allocate lock!\n", __func__);
status = nfserr_jukebox;
goto out;
}
locks_init_lock(file_lock);
file_lock->fl_type = F_UNLCK;
file_lock->fl_owner = (fl_owner_t)lockowner(stp->st_stateowner);
file_lock->fl_pid = current->tgid;
file_lock->fl_file = filp;
file_lock->fl_flags = FL_POSIX;
file_lock->fl_lmops = &nfsd_posix_mng_ops;
file_lock->fl_start = locku->lu_offset;
file_lock->fl_end = last_byte_offset(locku->lu_offset,
locku->lu_length);
nfs4_transform_lock_offset(file_lock);
/*
* Try to unlock the file in the VFS.
*/
err = vfs_lock_file(filp, F_SETLK, file_lock, NULL);
if (err) {
dprintk("NFSD: nfs4_locku: vfs_lock_file failed!\n");
goto out_nfserr;
}
/*
* OK, unlock succeeded; the only thing left to do is update the stateid.
*/
update_stateid(&stp->st_stid.sc_stateid);
memcpy(&locku->lu_stateid, &stp->st_stid.sc_stateid, sizeof(stateid_t));
out:
nfsd4: fix state lock usage in LOCKU In commit 5ec094c1096ab3bb795651855d53f18daa26afde "nfsd4: extend state lock over seqid replay logic" I modified the exit logic of all the seqid-based procedures except nfsd4_locku(). Fix the oversight. The result of the bug was a double-unlock while handling the LOCKU procedure, and a warning like: [ 142.150014] WARNING: at kernel/mutex-debug.c:78 debug_mutex_unlock+0xda/0xe0() ... [ 142.152927] Pid: 742, comm: nfsd Not tainted 3.1.0-rc1-SLIM+ #9 [ 142.152927] Call Trace: [ 142.152927] [<ffffffff8105fa4f>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7f/0xc0 [ 142.152927] [<ffffffff8105faaa>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20 [ 142.152927] [<ffffffff810960ca>] debug_mutex_unlock+0xda/0xe0 [ 142.152927] [<ffffffff813e4200>] __mutex_unlock_slowpath+0x80/0x140 [ 142.152927] [<ffffffff813e42ce>] mutex_unlock+0xe/0x10 [ 142.152927] [<ffffffffa03bd3f5>] nfs4_lock_state+0x35/0x40 [nfsd] [ 142.152927] [<ffffffffa03b0b71>] nfsd4_proc_compound+0x2a1/0x690 [nfsd] [ 142.152927] [<ffffffffa039f9fb>] nfsd_dispatch+0xeb/0x230 [nfsd] [ 142.152927] [<ffffffffa02b1055>] svc_process_common+0x345/0x690 [sunrpc] [ 142.152927] [<ffffffff81058d10>] ? try_to_wake_up+0x280/0x280 [ 142.152927] [<ffffffffa02b16e2>] svc_process+0x102/0x150 [sunrpc] [ 142.152927] [<ffffffffa039f0bd>] nfsd+0xbd/0x160 [nfsd] [ 142.152927] [<ffffffffa039f000>] ? 0xffffffffa039efff [ 142.152927] [<ffffffff8108230c>] kthread+0x8c/0xa0 [ 142.152927] [<ffffffff813e8694>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 [ 142.152927] [<ffffffff81082280>] ? kthread_worker_fn+0x190/0x190 [ 142.152927] [<ffffffff813e8690>] ? gs_change+0x13/0x13 Reported-by: Bryan Schumaker <bjschuma@netapp.com> Tested-by: Bryan Schumaker <bjschuma@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2011-09-28 01:42:29 +00:00
if (!cstate->replay_owner)
nfs4_unlock_state();
if (file_lock)
locks_free_lock(file_lock);
return status;
out_nfserr:
status = nfserrno(err);
goto out;
}
/*
* returns
* 1: locks held by lockowner
* 0: no locks held by lockowner
*/
static int
check_for_locks(struct nfs4_file *filp, struct nfs4_lockowner *lowner)
{
struct file_lock **flpp;
struct inode *inode = filp->fi_inode;
int status = 0;
lock_flocks();
for (flpp = &inode->i_flock; *flpp != NULL; flpp = &(*flpp)->fl_next) {
if ((*flpp)->fl_owner == (fl_owner_t)lowner) {
status = 1;
goto out;
}
}
out:
unlock_flocks();
return status;
}
__be32
nfsd4_release_lockowner(struct svc_rqst *rqstp,
struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate,
struct nfsd4_release_lockowner *rlockowner)
{
clientid_t *clid = &rlockowner->rl_clientid;
struct nfs4_stateowner *sop;
struct nfs4_lockowner *lo;
struct nfs4_ol_stateid *stp;
struct xdr_netobj *owner = &rlockowner->rl_owner;
struct list_head matches;
unsigned int hashval = ownerstr_hashval(clid->cl_id, owner);
__be32 status;
struct nfsd_net *nn = net_generic(&init_net, nfsd_net_id);
dprintk("nfsd4_release_lockowner clientid: (%08x/%08x):\n",
clid->cl_boot, clid->cl_id);
/* XXX check for lease expiration */
status = nfserr_stale_clientid;
if (STALE_CLIENTID(clid, nn))
return status;
nfs4_lock_state();
status = nfserr_locks_held;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&matches);
list_for_each_entry(sop, &ownerstr_hashtbl[hashval], so_strhash) {
if (sop->so_is_open_owner)
continue;
if (!same_owner_str(sop, owner, clid))
continue;
list_for_each_entry(stp, &sop->so_stateids,
st_perstateowner) {
lo = lockowner(sop);
if (check_for_locks(stp->st_file, lo))
goto out;
list_add(&lo->lo_list, &matches);
}
}
/* Clients probably won't expect us to return with some (but not all)
* of the lockowner state released; so don't release any until all
* have been checked. */
status = nfs_ok;
while (!list_empty(&matches)) {
lo = list_entry(matches.next, struct nfs4_lockowner,
lo_list);
/* unhash_stateowner deletes so_perclient only
* for openowners. */
list_del(&lo->lo_list);
release_lockowner(lo);
}
out:
nfs4_unlock_state();
return status;
}
static inline struct nfs4_client_reclaim *
alloc_reclaim(void)
{
return kmalloc(sizeof(struct nfs4_client_reclaim), GFP_KERNEL);
}
int
nfs4_has_reclaimed_state(const char *name, bool use_exchange_id)
{
unsigned int strhashval = clientstr_hashval(name);
struct nfs4_client *clp;
clp = find_confirmed_client_by_str(name, strhashval);
if (!clp)
return 0;
return test_bit(NFSD4_CLIENT_STABLE, &clp->cl_flags);
}
/*
* failure => all reset bets are off, nfserr_no_grace...
*/
int
nfs4_client_to_reclaim(const char *name)
{
unsigned int strhashval;
struct nfs4_client_reclaim *crp = NULL;
dprintk("NFSD nfs4_client_to_reclaim NAME: %.*s\n", HEXDIR_LEN, name);
crp = alloc_reclaim();
if (!crp)
return 0;
strhashval = clientstr_hashval(name);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&crp->cr_strhash);
list_add(&crp->cr_strhash, &reclaim_str_hashtbl[strhashval]);
memcpy(crp->cr_recdir, name, HEXDIR_LEN);
reclaim_str_hashtbl_size++;
return 1;
}
void
nfs4_release_reclaim(void)
{
struct nfs4_client_reclaim *crp = NULL;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < CLIENT_HASH_SIZE; i++) {
while (!list_empty(&reclaim_str_hashtbl[i])) {
crp = list_entry(reclaim_str_hashtbl[i].next,
struct nfs4_client_reclaim, cr_strhash);
list_del(&crp->cr_strhash);
kfree(crp);
reclaim_str_hashtbl_size--;
}
}
BUG_ON(reclaim_str_hashtbl_size);
}
/*
* called from OPEN, CLAIM_PREVIOUS with a new clientid. */
struct nfs4_client_reclaim *
nfsd4_find_reclaim_client(struct nfs4_client *clp)
{
unsigned int strhashval;
struct nfs4_client_reclaim *crp = NULL;
dprintk("NFSD: nfs4_find_reclaim_client for %.*s with recdir %s\n",
clp->cl_name.len, clp->cl_name.data,
clp->cl_recdir);
/* find clp->cl_name in reclaim_str_hashtbl */
strhashval = clientstr_hashval(clp->cl_recdir);
list_for_each_entry(crp, &reclaim_str_hashtbl[strhashval], cr_strhash) {
if (same_name(crp->cr_recdir, clp->cl_recdir)) {
return crp;
}
}
return NULL;
}
/*
* Called from OPEN. Look for clientid in reclaim list.
*/
__be32
nfs4_check_open_reclaim(clientid_t *clid, bool sessions)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp;
/* find clientid in conf_id_hashtbl */
clp = find_confirmed_client(clid, sessions);
if (clp == NULL)
return nfserr_reclaim_bad;
return nfsd4_client_record_check(clp) ? nfserr_reclaim_bad : nfs_ok;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_NFSD_FAULT_INJECTION
void nfsd_forget_clients(u64 num)
{
struct nfs4_client *clp, *next;
int count = 0;
nfs4_lock_state();
list_for_each_entry_safe(clp, next, &client_lru, cl_lru) {
expire_client(clp);
if (++count == num)
break;
}
nfs4_unlock_state();
printk(KERN_INFO "NFSD: Forgot %d clients", count);
}
static void release_lockowner_sop(struct nfs4_stateowner *sop)
{
release_lockowner(lockowner(sop));
}
static void release_openowner_sop(struct nfs4_stateowner *sop)
{
release_openowner(openowner(sop));
}
static int nfsd_release_n_owners(u64 num, bool is_open_owner,
void (*release_sop)(struct nfs4_stateowner *))
{
int i, count = 0;
struct nfs4_stateowner *sop, *next;
for (i = 0; i < OWNER_HASH_SIZE; i++) {
list_for_each_entry_safe(sop, next, &ownerstr_hashtbl[i], so_strhash) {
if (sop->so_is_open_owner != is_open_owner)
continue;
release_sop(sop);
if (++count == num)
return count;
}
}
return count;
}
void nfsd_forget_locks(u64 num)
{
int count;
nfs4_lock_state();
count = nfsd_release_n_owners(num, false, release_lockowner_sop);
nfs4_unlock_state();
printk(KERN_INFO "NFSD: Forgot %d locks", count);
}
void nfsd_forget_openowners(u64 num)
{
int count;
nfs4_lock_state();
count = nfsd_release_n_owners(num, true, release_openowner_sop);
nfs4_unlock_state();
printk(KERN_INFO "NFSD: Forgot %d open owners", count);
}
static int nfsd_process_n_delegations(u64 num, struct list_head *list)
{
int i, count = 0;
struct nfs4_file *fp, *fnext;
struct nfs4_delegation *dp, *dnext;
for (i = 0; i < FILE_HASH_SIZE; i++) {
list_for_each_entry_safe(fp, fnext, &file_hashtbl[i], fi_hash) {
list_for_each_entry_safe(dp, dnext, &fp->fi_delegations, dl_perfile) {
list_move(&dp->dl_recall_lru, list);
if (++count == num)
return count;
}
}
}
return count;
}
void nfsd_forget_delegations(u64 num)
{
unsigned int count;
LIST_HEAD(victims);
struct nfs4_delegation *dp, *dnext;
spin_lock(&recall_lock);
count = nfsd_process_n_delegations(num, &victims);
spin_unlock(&recall_lock);
nfs4_lock_state();
list_for_each_entry_safe(dp, dnext, &victims, dl_recall_lru)
unhash_delegation(dp);
nfs4_unlock_state();
printk(KERN_INFO "NFSD: Forgot %d delegations", count);
}
void nfsd_recall_delegations(u64 num)
{
unsigned int count;
LIST_HEAD(victims);
struct nfs4_delegation *dp, *dnext;
spin_lock(&recall_lock);
count = nfsd_process_n_delegations(num, &victims);
list_for_each_entry_safe(dp, dnext, &victims, dl_recall_lru) {
list_del(&dp->dl_recall_lru);
nfsd_break_one_deleg(dp);
}
spin_unlock(&recall_lock);
printk(KERN_INFO "NFSD: Recalled %d delegations", count);
}
#endif /* CONFIG_NFSD_FAULT_INJECTION */
/* initialization to perform at module load time: */
void
nfs4_state_init(void)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < CLIENT_HASH_SIZE; i++) {
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&conf_id_hashtbl[i]);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&conf_str_hashtbl[i]);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&unconf_str_hashtbl[i]);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&unconf_id_hashtbl[i]);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&reclaim_str_hashtbl[i]);
}
for (i = 0; i < SESSION_HASH_SIZE; i++)
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&sessionid_hashtbl[i]);
for (i = 0; i < FILE_HASH_SIZE; i++) {
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&file_hashtbl[i]);
}
for (i = 0; i < OWNER_HASH_SIZE; i++) {
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&ownerstr_hashtbl[i]);
}
for (i = 0; i < LOCKOWNER_INO_HASH_SIZE; i++)
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&lockowner_ino_hashtbl[i]);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&close_lru);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&client_lru);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&del_recall_lru);
reclaim_str_hashtbl_size = 0;
}
/*
* Since the lifetime of a delegation isn't limited to that of an open, a
* client may quite reasonably hang on to a delegation as long as it has
* the inode cached. This becomes an obvious problem the first time a
* client's inode cache approaches the size of the server's total memory.
*
* For now we avoid this problem by imposing a hard limit on the number
* of delegations, which varies according to the server's memory size.
*/
static void
set_max_delegations(void)
{
/*
* Allow at most 4 delegations per megabyte of RAM. Quick
* estimates suggest that in the worst case (where every delegation
* is for a different inode), a delegation could take about 1.5K,
* giving a worst case usage of about 6% of memory.
*/
max_delegations = nr_free_buffer_pages() >> (20 - 2 - PAGE_SHIFT);
}
/* initialization to perform when the nfsd service is started: */
int
nfs4_state_start(void)
{
struct net *net = &init_net;
struct nfsd_net *nn = net_generic(net, nfsd_net_id);
int ret;
/*
* FIXME: For now, we hang most of the pernet global stuff off of
* init_net until nfsd is fully containerized. Eventually, we'll
* need to pass a net pointer into this function, take a reference
* to that instead and then do most of the rest of this on a per-net
* basis.
*/
get_net(net);
nfsd4_client_tracking_init(net);
nn->boot_time = get_seconds();
locks_start_grace(net, &nn->nfsd4_manager);
nn->grace_ended = false;
printk(KERN_INFO "NFSD: starting %ld-second grace period\n",
nfsd4_grace);
ret = set_callback_cred();
if (ret) {
ret = -ENOMEM;
goto out_recovery;
}
laundry_wq = create_singlethread_workqueue("nfsd4");
if (laundry_wq == NULL) {
ret = -ENOMEM;
goto out_recovery;
}
ret = nfsd4_create_callback_queue();
if (ret)
goto out_free_laundry;
queue_delayed_work(laundry_wq, &laundromat_work, nfsd4_grace * HZ);
set_max_delegations();
return 0;
out_free_laundry:
destroy_workqueue(laundry_wq);
out_recovery:
nfsd4_client_tracking_exit(net);
put_net(net);
return ret;
}
static void
__nfs4_state_shutdown(void)
{
int i;
struct nfs4_client *clp = NULL;
struct nfs4_delegation *dp = NULL;
struct list_head *pos, *next, reaplist;
for (i = 0; i < CLIENT_HASH_SIZE; i++) {
while (!list_empty(&conf_id_hashtbl[i])) {
clp = list_entry(conf_id_hashtbl[i].next, struct nfs4_client, cl_idhash);
destroy_client(clp);
}
while (!list_empty(&unconf_str_hashtbl[i])) {
clp = list_entry(unconf_str_hashtbl[i].next, struct nfs4_client, cl_strhash);
destroy_client(clp);
}
}
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&reaplist);
spin_lock(&recall_lock);
list_for_each_safe(pos, next, &del_recall_lru) {
dp = list_entry (pos, struct nfs4_delegation, dl_recall_lru);
list_move(&dp->dl_recall_lru, &reaplist);
}
spin_unlock(&recall_lock);
list_for_each_safe(pos, next, &reaplist) {
dp = list_entry (pos, struct nfs4_delegation, dl_recall_lru);
unhash_delegation(dp);
}
nfsd4_client_tracking_exit(&init_net);
put_net(&init_net);
}
void
nfs4_state_shutdown(void)
{
struct net *net = &init_net;
struct nfsd_net *nn = net_generic(net, nfsd_net_id);
cancel_delayed_work_sync(&laundromat_work);
destroy_workqueue(laundry_wq);
locks_end_grace(&nn->nfsd4_manager);
nfs4_lock_state();
__nfs4_state_shutdown();
nfs4_unlock_state();
nfsd4_destroy_callback_queue();
}
static void
get_stateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, stateid_t *stateid)
{
if (HAS_STATE_ID(cstate, CURRENT_STATE_ID_FLAG) && CURRENT_STATEID(stateid))
memcpy(stateid, &cstate->current_stateid, sizeof(stateid_t));
}
static void
put_stateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, stateid_t *stateid)
{
if (cstate->minorversion) {
memcpy(&cstate->current_stateid, stateid, sizeof(stateid_t));
SET_STATE_ID(cstate, CURRENT_STATE_ID_FLAG);
}
}
void
clear_current_stateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate)
{
CLEAR_STATE_ID(cstate, CURRENT_STATE_ID_FLAG);
}
/*
* functions to set current state id
*/
void
nfsd4_set_opendowngradestateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_open_downgrade *odp)
{
put_stateid(cstate, &odp->od_stateid);
}
void
nfsd4_set_openstateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_open *open)
{
put_stateid(cstate, &open->op_stateid);
}
void
nfsd4_set_closestateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_close *close)
{
put_stateid(cstate, &close->cl_stateid);
}
void
nfsd4_set_lockstateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_lock *lock)
{
put_stateid(cstate, &lock->lk_resp_stateid);
}
/*
* functions to consume current state id
*/
void
nfsd4_get_opendowngradestateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_open_downgrade *odp)
{
get_stateid(cstate, &odp->od_stateid);
}
void
nfsd4_get_delegreturnstateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_delegreturn *drp)
{
get_stateid(cstate, &drp->dr_stateid);
}
void
nfsd4_get_freestateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_free_stateid *fsp)
{
get_stateid(cstate, &fsp->fr_stateid);
}
void
nfsd4_get_setattrstateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_setattr *setattr)
{
get_stateid(cstate, &setattr->sa_stateid);
}
void
nfsd4_get_closestateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_close *close)
{
get_stateid(cstate, &close->cl_stateid);
}
void
nfsd4_get_lockustateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_locku *locku)
{
get_stateid(cstate, &locku->lu_stateid);
}
void
nfsd4_get_readstateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_read *read)
{
get_stateid(cstate, &read->rd_stateid);
}
void
nfsd4_get_writestateid(struct nfsd4_compound_state *cstate, struct nfsd4_write *write)
{
get_stateid(cstate, &write->wr_stateid);
}